Երկրորդ Օրէնք / Deuteronomy - 3 |

Text:
< PreviousԵրկրորդ Օրէնք - 3 Deuteronomy - 3Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Moses, in this chapter, relates, I. The conquest of Og, king of Bashan, and the seizing of his country, ver. 1-11. II. The distribution of these new conquests to the two tribes and a half, ver. 12-17. Under certain provisos and limitations, ver. 18-20. III. The encouragement given to Joshua to carry on the war which was so gloriously begun, ver. 21, 22. IV. Moses's request to go over into Canaan (ver. 23-25), with the denial of that request, but the grant of an equivalent, ver. 26, &c.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The war with Og, king of Bashan, Deu 3:1, Deu 3:2. He is defeated, Deu 3:3. Sixty fortified cities with many unwalled towns taken, Deu 3:4, Deu 3:5. The utter destruction of the people, Deu 3:6. The spoils, Deu 3:7; and extent of the land taken, Deu 3:8-10. Account of Og's iron bedstead, Deu 3:11. The land given to the Reubenites, Gadites, and half tribe of Manasseh, Deu 3:12, Deu 3:13. Jair takes the country of Argob, Deu 3:14. Gilead is given unto Machir, Deu 3:15. And the rest of the land possessed by the Reubenites and Gadites, Deu 3:16, Deu 3:17. The directions given to those tribes, Deu 3:18-20. The counsel given to Joshua, Deu 3:21, Deu 3:22. Moses's prayer to God for permission to go into the promised land, Deu 3:23-25; and God's refusal, Deu 3:26. He is commanded to go up to Mount Pisgah to see it, Deu 3:27; and to encourage Joshua, Deu 3:28. They continue in the valley opposite to Beth-peor, Deu 3:29.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Deu 3:1, The conquest of Og, king of Bashan; Deu 3:11, The size of his bed; Deu 3:12, The distribution of his lands to the two tribes and half; Deu 3:23, Moses prays to enter into the land; Deu 3:26, He is permitted to see it.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO DEUTERONOMY 3
In this chapter the account is carried on of the conquest of the Amorites by Israel, of Og king of Bashan, and his kingdom, Deut 3:1, and of the distribution of their country to the tribes of Reuben and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh, Deut 1:12 and then the command to the said tribes is observed, to go out armed before their brethren, and assist them in the conquest of the land of Canaan, and then return to their possessions, Deut 3:18 and also that to Joshua not to fear, but to do to the Canaanitish kings and kingdoms what he had seen done to the two kings of the Amorites, Deut 3:21. After which Moses relates the request he made, to go over Jordan and see the good land, which was denied him, only he is bidden to look from the top of an hill to see it, Deut 3:23. And the chapter is closed with the charge he was to give Joshua, Deut 3:28 which was received in the valley where they abode, Deut 3:29.
3:13:1: Եւ դարձա՛ք ելաք ընդ ճանապարհն Բասանու. եւ ել Ովգ արքայ Բասանու ընդդէմ մեր. ի՛նքն եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա պատերազմա՛ւ ՚ի Սեդրային։
1 «Այդտեղից վերադառնալով գնացինք Բասան տանող ճանապարհով: Բասանի արքայ Օգը, ինքն ու իր ամբողջ ժողովուրդը Սեդրայինում պատերազմի ելան մեր դէմ:
3 «Անկէ դարձանք Բասանի ճամբան ելանք։ Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորը ինք՝ իր բոլոր ժողովուրդովը՝ Եդրայիի մէջ մեր դէմն ելաւ պատերազմելու համար։
Եւ դարձաք ելաք ընդ ճանապարհն Բասանու, եւ ել Ովգ արքայ Բասանու ընդդէմ մեր, ինքն եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա պատերազմաւ յԵդրային:

3:1: Եւ դարձա՛ք ելաք ընդ ճանապարհն Բասանու. եւ ել Ովգ արքայ Բասանու ընդդէմ մեր. ի՛նքն եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա պատերազմա՛ւ ՚ի Սեդրային։
1 «Այդտեղից վերադառնալով գնացինք Բասան տանող ճանապարհով: Բասանի արքայ Օգը, ինքն ու իր ամբողջ ժողովուրդը Սեդրայինում պատերազմի ելան մեր դէմ:
3 «Անկէ դարձանք Բասանի ճամբան ելանք։ Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորը ինք՝ իր բոլոր ժողովուրդովը՝ Եդրայիի մէջ մեր դէմն ելաւ պատերազմելու համար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:11: И обратились мы оттуда, и шли к Васану, и выступил против нас на войну Ог, царь Васанский, со всем народом своим, при Едреи.
3:1 καὶ και and; even ἐπιστραφέντες επιστρεφω turn around; return ἀνέβημεν αναβαινω step up; ascend ὁδὸν οδος way; journey τὴν ο the εἰς εις into; for Βασαν βασαν and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out Ωγ ωγ monarch; king τῆς ο the Βασαν βασαν into; for συνάντησιν συναντησις meeting ἡμῖν ημιν us αὐτὸς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πᾶς πας all; every ὁ ο the λαὸς λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for πόλεμον πολεμος battle εἰς εις into; for Εδραϊν εδραιν Edrain; Ethren
3:1 וַ wa וְ and נֵּ֣פֶן nnˈēfen פנה turn וַ wa וְ and נַּ֔עַל nnˈaʕal עלה ascend דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֑ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan וַ wa וְ and יֵּצֵ֣א yyēṣˈē יצא go out עֹוג֩ ʕôḡ עֹוג Og מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֨ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan לִ li לְ to קְרָאתֵ֜נוּ qᵊrāṯˈēnû קרא encounter ה֧וּא hˈû הוּא he וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole עַמֹּ֛ו ʕammˈô עַם people לַ la לְ to † הַ the מִּלְחָמָ֖ה mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war אֶדְרֶֽעִי׃ ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei
3:1. itaque conversi ascendimus per iter Basan egressusque est Og rex Basan in occursum nobis cum populo suo ad bellandum in EdraiThen we turned and went by the way of Basan: and Og the king of Basan came out to meet us with his people to fight in Edrai.
1. Then we turned, and went up the way to Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, he and all his people, unto battle at Edrei.
3:1. “And so, having turned back, we ascended by the way of Bashan. And Og, the king of Bashan, went forth with his people to meet us in warfare at Edrei.
3:1. Then we turned, and went up the way to Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, he and all his people, to battle at Edrei.
Then we turned, and went up the way to Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, he and all his people, to battle at Edrei:

1: И обратились мы оттуда, и шли к Васану, и выступил против нас на войну Ог, царь Васанский, со всем народом своим, при Едреи.
3:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐπιστραφέντες επιστρεφω turn around; return
ἀνέβημεν αναβαινω step up; ascend
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
τὴν ο the
εἰς εις into; for
Βασαν βασαν and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
Ωγ ωγ monarch; king
τῆς ο the
Βασαν βασαν into; for
συνάντησιν συναντησις meeting
ἡμῖν ημιν us
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πᾶς πας all; every
ο the
λαὸς λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
πόλεμον πολεμος battle
εἰς εις into; for
Εδραϊν εδραιν Edrain; Ethren
3:1
וַ wa וְ and
נֵּ֣פֶן nnˈēfen פנה turn
וַ wa וְ and
נַּ֔עַל nnˈaʕal עלה ascend
דֶּ֖רֶךְ dˌereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֑ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּצֵ֣א yyēṣˈē יצא go out
עֹוג֩ ʕôḡ עֹוג Og
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֨ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
לִ li לְ to
קְרָאתֵ֜נוּ qᵊrāṯˈēnû קרא encounter
ה֧וּא hˈû הוּא he
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
עַמֹּ֛ו ʕammˈô עַם people
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מִּלְחָמָ֖ה mmilḥāmˌā מִלְחָמָה war
אֶדְרֶֽעִי׃ ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei
3:1. itaque conversi ascendimus per iter Basan egressusque est Og rex Basan in occursum nobis cum populo suo ad bellandum in Edrai
Then we turned and went by the way of Basan: and Og the king of Basan came out to meet us with his people to fight in Edrai.
3:1. “And so, having turned back, we ascended by the way of Bashan. And Og, the king of Bashan, went forth with his people to meet us in warfare at Edrei.
3:1. Then we turned, and went up the way to Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, he and all his people, to battle at Edrei.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-10: Ср. Чис XXI:33–35, 12–22. Ср. Чис XXXII.

«Киннерет» — Гениссаретское озеро. «Море равнины» или «Соленое» — Мертвое море.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: Sihon and Og Subdued.B. C. 1451.
1 Then we turned, and went up the way to Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, he and all his people, to battle at Edrei. 2 And the LORD said unto me, Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon. 3 So the LORD our God delivered into our hands Og also, the king of Bashan, and all his people: and we smote him until none was left to him remaining. 4 And we took all his cities at that time, there was not a city which we took not from them, threescore cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan. 5 All these cities were fenced with high walls, gates, and bars; beside unwalled towns a great many. 6 And we utterly destroyed them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, utterly destroying the men, women, and children, of every city. 7 But all the cattle, and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey to ourselves. 8 And we took at that time out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites the land that was on this side Jordan, from the river of Arnon unto mount Hermon; 9 (Which Hermon the Sidonians call Sirion; and the Amorites call it Shenir;) 10 All the cities of the plain, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salchah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan. 11 For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his bedstead was a bedstead of iron; is it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? nine cubits was the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man.
We have here another brave country delivered into the hand of Israel, that of Bashan; the conquest of Sihon is often mentioned together with that of Og, to the praise of God, the rather because in these Israel's triumphs began, Ps. cxxxv. 11; cxxxvi. 19, 20. See,
I. How they got the mastery of Og, a very formidable prince, 1. Very strong, for he was of the remnant of the giants (v. 11); his personal strength was extraordinary, a monument of which was preserved by the Ammonites in his bedstead, which was shown as a rarity in their chief city. You might guess at his weight by the materials of his bedstead; it was iron, as if a bedstead of wood were too weak for him to trust to: and you might guess at his stature by the dimensions of it; it was nine cubits long and four cubits broad, which, supposing a cubit to be but half a yard (and some learned men have made it appear to be somewhat more), was four yards and a half long, and two yards broad; and if we allow his bedstead to be two cubits longer than himself, and that is as much as we need allow, he was three yards and a half high, double the stature of an ordinary man, and every way proportionable, yet they smote him, v. 3. Note, when God pleads his people's cause he can deal with giants as with grasshoppers. No man's might can secure him against the Almighty. The army of Og was very powerful, for he had the command of sixty fortified cities, besides the unwalled towns, v. 5. Yet all this was nothing before God's Israel, when they came with commission to destroy him. 2. He was very bold and daring: He came out against Israel to battle, v. 1. It was wonderful that he did not take warning by the ruin of Sihon, and send to desire conditions of peace; but he trusted to his own strength, and so was hardened to his destruction. Note, Those that are not awakened by the judgments of God upon others, but persist in their defiance of heaven, are ripening apace for the like judgments upon themselves, Jer. iii. 8. God bade Moses not fear him, v. 2. If Moses himself was so strong in faith as not to need the caution, yet it is probable that the people needed it, and for them these fresh assurances are designed; "I will deliver him into thy hand; not only deliver thee out of his hand, that he shall not be thy ruin, but deliver him into thy hand, that thou shalt be his ruin, and make him pay dearly for his attempt." He adds, Thou shalt do to him as thou didst to Sihon, intimating that they ought to be encouraged by their former victory to trust in God for another victory, for he is God, and changeth not.
II. How they got possession of Bashan, a very desirable country. They took all the cities (v. 4), and all the spoil of them, v. 7. They made them all their own, v. 10. So that now they had in their hands all that fruitful country which lay east of Jordan, from the river Arnon unto Hermon, v. 8. Their conquering and possessing these countries was intended, not only for the encouragement of Israel in the wars of Canaan, but for the satisfaction of Moses before his death. Since he must not live to see the completing of their victory and settlement, God thus gives him a specimen of it. Thus the Spirit is given to those that believe as the earnest of their inheritance, until the redemption of the purchased possession.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:1: Bashan: Bashan, one of the most fertile districts of the Holy Land, was bounded on the west by the Jordan and lake of Gennesareth, on the east by Trachonitis, on the south by the brook Jabbok, and on the north by mount Hermon; and seems to have been composed of two or three districts, on the south the land of Gilead, on the north the region of Argob, and east of both, the plain of Hauran. (See note on Deu 3:13, see note on Deu 3:14, and see note on Deu 3:15.) The scenery of this elevated tract is described by Mr. Buckingham as extremely beautiful. its plains covered with a fertile soil; its hills covered with forests, and at every new turn presenting the most beautiful landscapes that can be imagined.
Og: Deu 1:4, Deu 4:47, Deu 29:7, Deu 31:4; Num 21:33-35; Jos 9:10, Jos 12:4, Jos 13:30; Kg1 4:19; Neh 9:22; Psa 135:10, Psa 135:11, Psa 136:20
Edrei: This town is placed by Eusebius about 25 miles northward from Bostri; and mentioned by Burckhardt under the name of Draa.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
3:1
The Help of God in the Conquest of the Kingdom of Og of Bashan. - Deut 3:1. After the defeat of king Sihon and the conquest of his land, the Israelites were able to advance to the Jordan. But as the powerful Amoritish king Og still held the northern half of Gilead and all Bashan, they proceeded northwards at once and took the road to Bashan, that they might also defeat this king, whom the Lord had likewise given into their hand, and conquer his country (cf. Num 21:33-34). They smote him at Edrei, the modern Dra, without leaving him even a remnant; and took all his towns, i.e., as is here more fully stated in Deut 3:4., "sixty towns, the whole region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan." These three definitions refer to one and the same country. The whole region of Argob included the sixty towns which formed the kingdom of Og in Bashan, i.e., all the towns of the land of Bashan, viz., (according to Deut 3:5) all the fortified towns, besides the unfortified and open country towns of Bashan. חבל, the chain for measuring, then the land or country measured with the chain. The name "region of Argob," which is given to the country of Bashan here, and in Deut 3:4, Deut 3:13, Deut 3:14, and also in 3Kings 4:13, is probably derived from רגוב, stone-heaps, related to רגב, a clump or clod of earth (Job 21:33; Job 38:38). The Targumists have rendered it correctly טרכונא (Trachona), from τραθών, a rough, uneven, stony district, so called from the basaltic hills of Hauran; just as the plain to the east of Jebel Hauran, which resembles Hauran itself, is sometimes called Tellul, from its tells or hills (Burckhardt, Syr. p. 173).
(Note: The derivation is a much more improbable one, "from the town of Argob, πρὸς Γέρασαν πόλιν Ἀραβίας, according to the Onomast., fifteen Roman miles to the west of Gerasa, which is called Ῥαγαβᾶ by Josephus (Ant. xiii. 15, 5).")
This district has also received the name of Bashan, from the character of its soil; for בּשׁן signifies a soft and level soil. From the name given to it by the Arabic translators, the Greek name Βαταναία, Batanaea, and possibly also the modern name of the country on the north-eastern slope of Hauran at the back of Mount Hauran, viz., Bethenije, are derived.
The name Argob probably originated in the north-eastern part of the country of Bashan, viz., the modern Leja, with its stony soil covered with heaps of large blocks of stone (Burckhardt, p. 196), or rather in the extensive volcanic region to the east of Hauran, which was first of all brought to distinct notice in Wetzstein's travels, and of which he says that the "southern portion, bearing the name Harra, is thickly covered with loose volcanic stones, with a few conical hills among them, that have been evidently caused by eruptions" (Wetzstein, p. 6). The central point of the whole is Safa, "a mountain nearly seven hours' journey in length and about the same in breadth," in which "the black mass streaming from the craters piled itself up wave upon wave, so that the centre attained to the height of a mountain, without acquiring the smoothness of form observable in mountains generally," - "the black flood of lava being full of innumerable streams of stony waves, often of a bright red colour, bridged over with thin arches, which rolled down the slopes out of the craters and across the high plateau" (Wetzstein, pp. 6 and 7). At a later period this name was transferred to the whole of the district of Hauran (= Bashan), because not only is the Jebel Hauran entirely of volcanic formation, but the plain consists throughout of a reddish brown soil produced by the action of the weather upon volcanic stones, and even "the Leja plain has been poured out from the craters of the Hauran mountains" (Wetzstein, p. 23). Through this volcanic character of the soil, Hauran differs essentially from Balka, Jebel Ajlun, and the plain of Jaulan, which is situated between the Sea of Galilee and the upper Jordan on the one side, and the plain of Hauran on the other, and reaches up to the southern slope of the Hermon. In these districts the limestone and chalk formations prevail, which present the same contrast to the basaltic formation of the Hauran as white does to black (cf. v. Raumer, Pal. pp. 75ff.). - The land of the limestone and chalk formation abounds in caves, which are not altogether wanting indeed in Hauran (as v. Raumer supposes), though they are only found in eastern and south-eastern Hauran, where most of the volcanic elevations have been perforated by troglodytes (see Wetzstein, pp. 92 and 44ff.). But the true land of caves on the east of the Jordan is northern Gilead, viz., Erbed and Sut (Wetzst. p. 92). Here the troglodyte dwellings predominate, whereas in Hauran you find for the most part towns and villages with houses of one or more stories built above the surface of the ground, although even on the eastern slope of the Hauran mountains there are hamlets to be seen, in which the style of building forms a transition from actual caves to dwellings built upon the ground. An excavation is first of all made in the rocky plateau, of the breadth and depth of a room, and this is afterwards arched over with a solid stone roof. The dwellings made in this manner have all the appearance of cellars or tunnels. This style of building, such as Wetzstein found in Hibbike for example, belongs to the most remote antiquity. In some cases, hamlets of this kind were even surrounded by a wall. Those villages of Hauran which are built above the surface of the ground, attract the eye and stimulate the imagination, when seen from a distance, in various ways. "In the first place, the black colour of the building materials present the greatest contrast to the green around them, and to the transparent atmosphere also. In the second place, the height of the walls and the compactness of the houses, which always form a connected whole, are very imposing. In the third place, they are surmounted by strong towers. And in the fourth place, they are in such a good state of preservation, that you involuntarily yield to the delusion that they must of necessity be inhabited, and expect to see people going out and in" (Wetzstein, p. 49). The larger towns are surrounded by walls; but the smaller ones as a rule have none: "the backs of the houses might serve as walls." The material of which the houses are built is a grey dolerite, impregnated with glittering particles of olivine. "The stones are rarely cemented, but the fine and for the most part large squares lie one upon another as if they were fused together." "Most of the doors of the houses which lead into the streets or open fields are so low, that it is impossible to enter them without stooping; but the large buildings and the ends of the streets have lofty gateways, which are always tastefully constructed, and often decorated with sculptures and Greek inscriptions." The "larger gates have either simple or (what are most common) double doors. They consist of a slab of dolerite. There are certainly no doors of any other kind." These stone doors turn upon pegs, deeply inserted into the threshold and lintel. "Even a man can only shut and open doors of this kind, by pressing with the back or feet against the wall, and pushing the door with both hands" (Wetzstein, pp. 50ff.; compare with this the testimony of Buckingham, Burckhardt, Seetzen, and others, in v. Raumer's Palestine, pp. 78ff.).
Now, even if the existing ruins of Hauran date for the most part from a later period, and are probably of a Nabataean origin belonging to the times of Trajan and the Antonines, yet considering the stability of the East, and the peculiar nature of the soil of Hauran, they give a tolerably correct idea of the sixty towns of the kingdom of Og of Bashan, all of which were fortified with high walls, gates, and bars, or, as it is stated in 3Kings 4:13, "with walls and brazen bars."
(Note: It is also by no means impossible, that many of the oldest dwellings in the ruined towers of Hauran date from a time anterior to the conquest of the land by the Israelites. "Simple, built of heavy blocks of basalt roughly hewn, and as hard as iron, with very thick walls, very strong stone gates and doors, many of which were about eighteen inches thick, and were formerly fastened with immense bolts, and of which traces still remain; such houses as these may have been the work of the old giant tribe of Rephaim, whose king, Og, was defeated by the Israelites 3000 years ago" (C. v. Raumer, Pal. p. 80, after Porter's Five Years in Damascus).)
The brazen bars were no doubt, like the gates themselves, of basalt or dolerite, which might easily be mistaken for brass. Besides the sixty fortified towns, the Israelites took a very large number of הפּרזי ערי, "towns of the inhabitants of the flat country," i.e., unfortified open hamlets and villages in Bashan, and put them under the ban, like the towns of king Sihon (Deut 3:6, Deut 3:7; cf. Deut 2:34-35). The infinitive, החרם, is to be construed as a gerund (cf. Ges. 131, 2; Ewald, 280, a.). The expression, "kingdom of Og in Bashan," implies that the kingdom of Og was not limited to the land of Bashan, but included the northern half of Gilead as well. In Deut 3:8-11, Moses takes a retrospective view of the whole of the land that had been taken on the other side of the Jordan; first of all (Deut 3:9) in its whole extent from the Arnon to Hermon, then (Deut 3:10) in its separate parts, to bring out in all its grandeur what the Lord had done for Israel. The notices of the different names of Hermon (Deut 3:9), and of the bed of king Og (Deut 3:11), are also subservient to this end. Hermon is the southernmost spur of Antilibanus, the present Jebel es Sheikh, or Jebel et Telj. The Hebrew name is not connected with חרם, anathema, as Hengstenberg supposes (Diss. pp. 197-8); nor was it first given by the Israelites to this mountain, which formed part of the northern boundary of the land which they had taken; but it is to be traced to an Arabic word signifying prominens montis vertex, and was a name which had long been current at that time, for which the Israelites used the Hebrew name שׂיאן (Sion = נשׂיאן, the high, eminent: Deut 4:48), though this name did not supplant the traditional name of Hermon. The Sidonians called it Siron, a modified form of שׁריון (1Kings 17:5), or נשׂיון (Jer 46:4), a "coat of mail;" the Amorites called it Senir, probably a word with the same meaning. In Ps 29:6, Sirion is used poetically for Hermon; and Ezekiel (Ezek 27:4) uses Senir, in a mournful dirge over Tyre, as synonymous with Lebanon; whilst Senir is mentioned in 1Chron 5:23, and Shenir in Song 4:8, in connection with Hermon, as a part of Antilibanus, as it might very naturally happen that the Amoritish name continued attached to one or other of the peaks of the mountain, just as we find that even Arabian geographers, such as Abulfeda and Maraszid, call that portion of Antilibanus which stretches from Baalbek to Emesa (Homs, Heliopolis) by the name of Sanir.
Geneva 1599
3:1 Then we turned, and went up the way to Bashan: and Og the king of Bashan (a) came out against us, he and all his people, to battle at Edrei.
(a) Therefore aside from the commandment of the Lord, they had just cause to fight against him.
John Gill
3:1 Then we turned and went up the way to Bashan,.... Which seems to have been higher than the kingdom of Sihon: this was a fine country for pasturage, for the breeding of cattle, larger and lesser, and was famous for its oaks: it is the same country which in Josephus and others goes by the name of Batanea:
and Og the king of Bashan came out against us; got his forces together, and came out from Ashteroth, the royal city where he dwelt:
he and all his people, to battle at Edrei; another city in his kingdom, about six miles from the former; see Deut 1:4.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:1 CONQUEST OF OG, KING OF BASHAN. (Deu. 3:1-20)
we turned, and went up the way to Bashan--Bashan ("fruitful" or "flat"), now El-Bottein, lay situated to the north of Gilead and extended as far as Hermon. It was a rugged mountainous country, valuable however for its rich and luxuriant pastures.
Og the king of Bashan came out against us--Without provocation, he rushed to attack the Israelites, either disliking the presence of such dangerous neighbors, or burning to avenge the overthrow of his friends and allies.
3:23:2: Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Մի՛ երկնչիցիս ՚ի նմանէ. զի ՚ի ձե՛ռս քո մատնեցի զնա, եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա, եւ զամենայն երկիր նորա. եւ արասցես նմա որպէս արարեր Սեհոնի՛ արքայի Ամովրհացւոց՝ որ բնակեալ էր յԵսեբոն։
2 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Նրանից մի՛ վախեցիր, որովհետեւ քո ձեռքն եմ մատնելու նրան, նրա ամբողջ ժողովրդին ու նրա ամբողջ երկիրը: Նրա հետ կը վարուես այնպէս, ինչպէս վարուեցիր Եսեբոնում բնակուող ամորհացի արքայ Սեհոնի հետ”:
2 Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Անկէ մի՛ վախնար, վասն զի զանիկա ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդն ու երկիրը քու ձեռքդ պիտի տամ ու անոր ալ՝ Եսեբոնի մէջ բնակող Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին ըրածիդ պէս ըրէ’։
Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Մի՛ երկնչիցիս ի նմանէ, զի ի ձեռս քո մատնեցի զնա եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա եւ զամենայն երկիր նորա. եւ արասցես նմա որպէս արարեր Սեհոնի արքայի Ամովրհացւոց որ բնակեալ էր յԵսեբոն:

3:2: Եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Մի՛ երկնչիցիս ՚ի նմանէ. զի ՚ի ձե՛ռս քո մատնեցի զնա, եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդ նորա, եւ զամենայն երկիր նորա. եւ արասցես նմա որպէս արարեր Սեհոնի՛ արքայի Ամովրհացւոց՝ որ բնակեալ էր յԵսեբոն։
2 Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Նրանից մի՛ վախեցիր, որովհետեւ քո ձեռքն եմ մատնելու նրան, նրա ամբողջ ժողովրդին ու նրա ամբողջ երկիրը: Նրա հետ կը վարուես այնպէս, ինչպէս վարուեցիր Եսեբոնում բնակուող ամորհացի արքայ Սեհոնի հետ”:
2 Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Անկէ մի՛ վախնար, վասն զի զանիկա ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդն ու երկիրը քու ձեռքդ պիտի տամ ու անոր ալ՝ Եսեբոնի մէջ բնակող Ամօրհացիներուն Սեհոն թագաւորին ըրածիդ պէս ըրէ’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:22: И сказал мне Господь: не бойся его, ибо Я отдам в руку твою его, и весь народ его, и всю землю его, и ты поступишь с ним так, как поступил с Сигоном, царем Аморрейским, который жил в Есевоне.
3:2 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me μὴ μη not φοβηθῇς φοβεω afraid; fear αὐτόν αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the χεῖράς χειρ hand σου σου of you; your παραδέδωκα παραδιδωμι betray; give over αὐτὸν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ποιήσεις ποιεω do; make αὐτῷ αυτος he; him ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as ἐποίησας ποιεω do; make Σηων σηων monarch; king τῶν ο the Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what κατῴκει κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in Εσεβων εσεβων Esebōn; Esevon
3:2 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַי֙ ʔēlˌay אֶל to אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תִּירָ֣א tîrˈā ירא fear אֹתֹ֔ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker] כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that בְ vᵊ בְּ in יָדְךָ֞ yāḏᵊḵˈā יָד hand נָתַ֧תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give אֹתֹ֛ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עַמֹּ֖ו ʕammˌô עַם people וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אַרְצֹ֑ו ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and עָשִׂ֣יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make לֹּ֔ו llˈô לְ to כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשִׂ֗יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make לְ lᵊ לְ to סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יֹושֵׁ֖ב yôšˌēv ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶשְׁבֹּֽון׃ ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
3:2. dixitque Dominus ad me ne timeas eum quia in manu tua traditus est cum omni populo ac terra sua faciesque ei sicut fecisti Seon regi Amorreorum qui habitavit in EsebonAnd the Lord said to me: Fear him not: because he is delivered into thy hand, with all his people and his land: and thou shalt do to him as thou hast done to Sehon king of the Amorrhites, that dwelt in Hesebon.
2. And the LORD said unto me, Fear him not: for I have delivered him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon.
3:2. And the Lord said to me: ‘You should not fear him. For he has been delivered into your hand, with all his people as well as his land. And you shall do to him just as you have done to Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who lived at Heshbon.’
3:2. And the LORD said unto me, Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon.
And the LORD said unto me, Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon:

2: И сказал мне Господь: не бойся его, ибо Я отдам в руку твою его, и весь народ его, и всю землю его, и ты поступишь с ним так, как поступил с Сигоном, царем Аморрейским, который жил в Есевоне.
3:2
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
μὴ μη not
φοβηθῇς φοβεω afraid; fear
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
χεῖράς χειρ hand
σου σου of you; your
παραδέδωκα παραδιδωμι betray; give over
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ποιήσεις ποιεω do; make
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
ἐποίησας ποιεω do; make
Σηων σηων monarch; king
τῶν ο the
Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what
κατῴκει κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
Εσεβων εσεβων Esebōn; Esevon
3:2
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַי֙ ʔēlˌay אֶל to
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תִּירָ֣א tîrˈā ירא fear
אֹתֹ֔ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker]
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
יָדְךָ֞ yāḏᵊḵˈā יָד hand
נָתַ֧תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
אֹתֹ֛ו ʔōṯˈô אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עַמֹּ֖ו ʕammˌô עַם people
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אַרְצֹ֑ו ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָשִׂ֣יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make
לֹּ֔ו llˈô לְ to
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשִׂ֗יתָ ʕāśˈîṯā עשׂה make
לְ lᵊ לְ to
סִיחֹן֙ sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יֹושֵׁ֖ב yôšˌēv ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶשְׁבֹּֽון׃ ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
3:2. dixitque Dominus ad me ne timeas eum quia in manu tua traditus est cum omni populo ac terra sua faciesque ei sicut fecisti Seon regi Amorreorum qui habitavit in Esebon
And the Lord said to me: Fear him not: because he is delivered into thy hand, with all his people and his land: and thou shalt do to him as thou hast done to Sehon king of the Amorrhites, that dwelt in Hesebon.
3:2. And the Lord said to me: ‘You should not fear him. For he has been delivered into your hand, with all his people as well as his land. And you shall do to him just as you have done to Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who lived at Heshbon.’
3:2. And the LORD said unto me, Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:2: Fear: Deu 3:11, Deu 20:3; Num 14:9; Ch2 20:17; Isa 41:10, Isa 43:5; Act 18:9, Act 27:24; Rev 2:10
as thou didst: Deu 2:24-37; Num 21:23-25
John Gill
3:2 And the Lord said unto me,.... When Og was marching with all his forces against Israel:
fear him not, &c; See Gill on Num 21:34.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:2 The Lord said unto me, Fear him not: for I will deliver him, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand--Og's gigantic appearance and the formidable array of forces he will bring to the field, need not discourage you; for, belonging to a doomed race, he is destined to share the fate of Sihon [Num 21:25].
3:33:3: Եւ մատնեաց զնա Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձեռս մեր. ե՛ւ զՈվգ արքայ Բասանու, եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդն նորա. եւ հարա՛ք զնա մինչ ո՛չ թողուլ նմա զաւակ։
3 Եւ մեր Տէր Աստուածը Բասանի արքայ Օգին ու նրա ամբողջ ժողովրդին մատնեց մեր ձեռքը: Մենք կոտորեցինք նրանց այնպէս, որ նրանցից ոչ ոք կենդանի չմնաց:
3 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորն ալ ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը մեր ձեռքը տուաւ եւ մենք այնպէս ջարդեցինք զանոնք, որ անոնցմէ մէ՛կն ալ ողջ չմնաց*։
Եւ մատնեաց [47]զնա Տէր Աստուած մեր ի ձեռս մեր ե՛ւ զՈվգ արքայ Բասանու ե՛ւ զամենայն ժողովուրդն նորա. եւ հարաք զնա մինչ ոչ թողուլ նմա զաւակ:

3:3: Եւ մատնեաց զնա Տէր Աստուած մեր ՚ի ձեռս մեր. ե՛ւ զՈվգ արքայ Բասանու, եւ զամենայն ժողովուրդն նորա. եւ հարա՛ք զնա մինչ ո՛չ թողուլ նմա զաւակ։
3 Եւ մեր Տէր Աստուածը Բասանի արքայ Օգին ու նրա ամբողջ ժողովրդին մատնեց մեր ձեռքը: Մենք կոտորեցինք նրանց այնպէս, որ նրանցից ոչ ոք կենդանի չմնաց:
3 Մեր Տէր Աստուածը Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորն ալ ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը մեր ձեռքը տուաւ եւ մենք այնպէս ջարդեցինք զանոնք, որ անոնցմէ մէ՛կն ալ ողջ չմնաց*։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:33: И предал Господь, Бог наш, в руки наши и Ога, царя Васанского, и весь народ его; и мы поразили его, так что никого не осталось у него в живых;
3:3 καὶ και and; even παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over αὐτὸν αυτος he; him κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our εἰς εις into; for τὰς ο the χεῖρας χειρ hand ἡμῶν ημων our καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the Ωγ ωγ monarch; king τῆς ο the Βασαν βασαν and; even πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the λαὸν λαος populace; population αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐπατάξαμεν πατασσω pat; impact αὐτὸν αυτος he; him ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the μὴ μη not καταλιπεῖν καταλειπω leave behind; remain αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him σπέρμα σπερμα seed
3:3 וַ wa וְ and יִּתֵּן֩ yyittˌēn נתן give יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֜ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s) בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יָדֵ֗נוּ yāḏˈēnû יָד hand גַּ֛ם gˈam גַּם even אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עֹ֥וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עַמֹּ֑ו ʕammˈô עַם people וַ wa וְ and נַּכֵּ֕הוּ nnakkˈēhû נכה strike עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto בִּלְתִּ֥י biltˌî בֵּלֶת failure הִשְׁאִֽיר־ hišʔˈîr- שׁאר remain לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to שָׂרִֽיד׃ śārˈîḏ שָׂרִיד survivor
3:3. tradidit ergo Dominus Deus noster in manibus nostris etiam Og regem Basan et universum populum eius percussimusque eos usque ad internicionemSo the Lord our God delivered into our hands, Og also, the king of Basan, and all his people: and we utterly destroyed them,
3. So the LORD our God delivered into our hand Og also, the king of Bashan, and all his people: and we smote him until none was left to him remaining.
3:3. Therefore, the Lord our God delivered into our hands, now Og, the king of Bashan, and all his people. And we struck them down unto utter annihilation,
3:3. So the LORD our God delivered into our hands Og also, the king of Bashan, and all his people: and we smote him until none was left to him remaining.
So the LORD our God delivered into our hands Og also, the king of Bashan, and all his people: and we smote him until none was left to him remaining:

3: И предал Господь, Бог наш, в руки наши и Ога, царя Васанского, и весь народ его; и мы поразили его, так что никого не осталось у него в живых;
3:3
καὶ και and; even
παρέδωκεν παραδιδωμι betray; give over
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
εἰς εις into; for
τὰς ο the
χεῖρας χειρ hand
ἡμῶν ημων our
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
Ωγ ωγ monarch; king
τῆς ο the
Βασαν βασαν and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
λαὸν λαος populace; population
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐπατάξαμεν πατασσω pat; impact
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
μὴ μη not
καταλιπεῖν καταλειπω leave behind; remain
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
σπέρμα σπερμα seed
3:3
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתֵּן֩ yyittˌēn נתן give
יְהוָ֨ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֜ינוּ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יָדֵ֗נוּ yāḏˈēnû יָד hand
גַּ֛ם gˈam גַּם even
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עֹ֥וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֖ן bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עַמֹּ֑ו ʕammˈô עַם people
וַ wa וְ and
נַּכֵּ֕הוּ nnakkˈēhû נכה strike
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
בִּלְתִּ֥י biltˌî בֵּלֶת failure
הִשְׁאִֽיר־ hišʔˈîr- שׁאר remain
לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to
שָׂרִֽיד׃ śārˈîḏ שָׂרִיד survivor
3:3. tradidit ergo Dominus Deus noster in manibus nostris etiam Og regem Basan et universum populum eius percussimusque eos usque ad internicionem
So the Lord our God delivered into our hands, Og also, the king of Basan, and all his people: and we utterly destroyed them,
3:3. Therefore, the Lord our God delivered into our hands, now Og, the king of Bashan, and all his people. And we struck them down unto utter annihilation,
3:3. So the LORD our God delivered into our hands Og also, the king of Bashan, and all his people: and we smote him until none was left to him remaining.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:3: Deu 2:33, Deu 2:34; Num 21:35; Jos 13:12, Jos 13:30
John Gill
3:3 So the Lord our God delivered into our hands Og also the king of Bashan, and all his people,.... As well as Sihon king of Heshbon:
and we smote him, till none was left to him remaining; or left alive, all were slain with the sword; See Gill on Num 21:35.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:3 Argob was the capital of a district in Bashan of the same name, which, together with other fifty-nine cities in the same province, were conspicuous for their lofty and fortified walls. It was a war of extermination. Houses and cities were razed to the ground; all classes of people were put to the sword; and nothing was saved but the cattle, of which an immense amount fell as spoil into the hands of the conquerors. Thus, the two Amorite kings and the entire population of their dominions were extirpated. The whole country east of the Jordan--first upland downs from the torrent of the Arnon on the south to that of the Jabbok on the north; next the high mountain tract of Gilead and Bashan from the deep ravine of Jabbok--became the possession of the Israelites.
3:43:4: Եւ յաղթեցա՛ք ամենայն քաղաքացն նորա ՚ի ժամանակի յայնմիկ. եւ ո՛չ էր քաղաք՝ զոր ո՛չ առաք ՚ի նոցանէ. վաթսուն քաղաք զամենայն շուրջ զգաւառաւն Արբովկայ թագաւորին Ովգայ ՚ի Բասան[1664]. [1664] Յօրինակին չակերտիւ նշանակի անունս՝ Արբովկայ, զոր ոմանք գրեն՝ Արգովբայ։
4 Այդ ժամանակ մենք նուաճեցինք նրա բոլոր քաղաքները: Քաղաք չկար, որ նրանից խլած չլինէինք: Բասանի Օգ թագաւորը Արգոբ գաւառի շրջակայքում ունէր ընդամէնը վաթսուն քաղաք:
4 Նոյն ատեն անոր բոլոր քաղաքները առինք։ Քաղաք մըն ալ չմնաց, որ չառնենք։ Վաթսուն քաղաք, այսինքն բոլոր Արգովբի գաւառը, Բասանի մէջ Ովգի թագաւորութիւնը։
Եւ յաղթեցաք ամենայն քաղաքացն նորա ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ. եւ ոչ էր քաղաք զոր ոչ առաք ի նոցանէ. վաթսուն քաղաք զամենայն շուրջ զգաւառաւն Արգովբայ, թագաւորին Ովգայ ի Բասան:

3:4: Եւ յաղթեցա՛ք ամենայն քաղաքացն նորա ՚ի ժամանակի յայնմիկ. եւ ո՛չ էր քաղաք՝ զոր ո՛չ առաք ՚ի նոցանէ. վաթսուն քաղաք զամենայն շուրջ զգաւառաւն Արբովկայ թագաւորին Ովգայ ՚ի Բասան[1664].
[1664] Յօրինակին չակերտիւ նշանակի անունս՝ Արբովկայ, զոր ոմանք գրեն՝ Արգովբայ։
4 Այդ ժամանակ մենք նուաճեցինք նրա բոլոր քաղաքները: Քաղաք չկար, որ նրանից խլած չլինէինք: Բասանի Օգ թագաւորը Արգոբ գաւառի շրջակայքում ունէր ընդամէնը վաթսուն քաղաք:
4 Նոյն ատեն անոր բոլոր քաղաքները առինք։ Քաղաք մըն ալ չմնաց, որ չառնենք։ Վաթսուն քաղաք, այսինքն բոլոր Արգովբի գաւառը, Բասանի մէջ Ովգի թագաւորութիւնը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:44: и взяли мы в то время все города его; не было города, которого мы не взяли бы у них: шестьдесят городов, всю область Аргов, царство Ога Васанского;
3:4 καὶ και and; even ἐκρατήσαμεν κρατεω seize; retain πασῶν πας all; every τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that οὐκ ου not ἦν ειμι be πόλις πολις city ἣν ος who; what οὐκ ου not ἐλάβομεν λαμβανω take; get παρ᾿ παρα from; by αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἑξήκοντα εξηκοντα sixty πόλεις πολις city πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the περίχωρα περιχωρος surrounding territory Αργοβ αργοβ realm; kingdom Ωγ ωγ in Βασαν βασαν Basan; Vasan
3:4 וַ wa וְ and נִּלְכֹּ֤ד nnilkˈōḏ לכד seize אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עָרָיו֙ ʕārāʸw עִיר town בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not הָֽיְתָה֙ hˈāyᵊṯā היה be קִרְיָ֔ה qiryˈā קִרְיָה town אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹא־ lō- לֹא not לָקַ֖חְנוּ lāqˌaḥnû לקח take מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אִתָּ֑ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with שִׁשִּׁ֥ים šiššˌîm שֵׁשׁ six עִיר֙ ʕîr עִיר town כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole חֶ֣בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord אַרְגֹּ֔ב ʔargˈōv אַרְגֹּב Argob מַמְלֶ֥כֶת mamlˌeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the בָּשָֽׁן׃ bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
3:4. vastantes cunctas civitates illius uno tempore non fuit oppidum quod nos effugeret sexaginta urbes omnem regionem Argob regni Og in BasanWasting all his cities at one time, there was not a town that escaped us: sixty cities, all the country of Argob the kingdom of Og in Basan.
4. And we took all his cities at that time; there was not a city which we took not from them; threescore cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
3:4. laying waste to all his cities at one time. There was not a village which escaped from us: sixty cities, the entire region of Argob, the kingdom of Og, in Bashan.
3:4. And we took all his cities at that time, there was not a city which we took not from them, threescore cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
And we took all his cities at that time, there was not a city which we took not from them, threescore cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan:

4: и взяли мы в то время все города его; не было города, которого мы не взяли бы у них: шестьдесят городов, всю область Аргов, царство Ога Васанского;
3:4
καὶ και and; even
ἐκρατήσαμεν κρατεω seize; retain
πασῶν πας all; every
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
οὐκ ου not
ἦν ειμι be
πόλις πολις city
ἣν ος who; what
οὐκ ου not
ἐλάβομεν λαμβανω take; get
παρ᾿ παρα from; by
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἑξήκοντα εξηκοντα sixty
πόλεις πολις city
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
περίχωρα περιχωρος surrounding territory
Αργοβ αργοβ realm; kingdom
Ωγ ωγ in
Βασαν βασαν Basan; Vasan
3:4
וַ wa וְ and
נִּלְכֹּ֤ד nnilkˈōḏ לכד seize
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עָרָיו֙ ʕārāʸw עִיר town
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
הָֽיְתָה֙ hˈāyᵊṯā היה be
קִרְיָ֔ה qiryˈā קִרְיָה town
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
לָקַ֖חְנוּ lāqˌaḥnû לקח take
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אִתָּ֑ם ʔittˈām אֵת together with
שִׁשִּׁ֥ים šiššˌîm שֵׁשׁ six
עִיר֙ ʕîr עִיר town
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
חֶ֣בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord
אַרְגֹּ֔ב ʔargˈōv אַרְגֹּב Argob
מַמְלֶ֥כֶת mamlˌeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom
עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
בָּשָֽׁן׃ bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
3:4. vastantes cunctas civitates illius uno tempore non fuit oppidum quod nos effugeret sexaginta urbes omnem regionem Argob regni Og in Basan
Wasting all his cities at one time, there was not a town that escaped us: sixty cities, all the country of Argob the kingdom of Og in Basan.
3:4. laying waste to all his cities at one time. There was not a village which escaped from us: sixty cities, the entire region of Argob, the kingdom of Og, in Bashan.
3:4. And we took all his cities at that time, there was not a city which we took not from them, threescore cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:4: All the region of Argob - כל חבל ארגב col chebel Argob, all the cable or cord of Argob; this expression, which is used in various other parts of Scripture, (see, in the original, Amo 7:17; Mic 2:5; Deu 32:9; Psa 16:6), shows that anciently land was measured by lines or cords of a certain length, in a similar way to that by the chain among us, and the schoenus or cord among the Egyptians. Some think that it was the region of Argob that was afterwards called the region of Trachonites.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:4: Threescore cities - Probably the cities of Jair in Bashan described in Deu 3:14 as Bashan-havoth-jair.
All the region of Argob - The Hebrew word here rendered "region," means literally "rope" or "cable"; and though undoubtedly used elsewhere in a general topographical sense for portion or district (e. g. Jos 17:5), has a special propriety in reference to Argob (mod. Lejah). The name Argob means "stone-heap," and is paraphrased by the Targums, Trachonitis Luk 3:1, or "the rough country;" titles designating the more striking features of the district. Its borders are compared to a rugged shore-line; hence, its description in the text as "the girdle of the stony country," would seem especially appropriate. (Others identify Argob with the east quarter of the Hauran.)
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:4: all his cities: Num 32:33-42; Jos 12:4, Jos 13:30, Jos 13:31
all the region: Kg1 4:13
John Gill
3:4 And we took all his cities at that time,.... Not only Edrei where the battle was fought, and Ashteroth his capital city, but all the rest in his kingdom:
there was not a city which we took not from them; not one stood out, but all surrendered on summons; the number of which follows:
three score cities; which was a large number for so small a country, and shows it to be well inhabited:
all the region of Argob; which was a small province of
the kingdom of Og in Bashan: Aben Ezra and Jarchi observe, that it was called after a man, i.e. whose name was Argob; the Targum of Onkelos names it Tracona, and the Targum of Jonathan Targona, the same with Trachonitis in Josephus and other authors; see Lk 3:1, Jerom relates (h) that in his time, about Gerasa, a city of Arabia, fifteen miles from it to the west, there was a village which was called Arga, which seems to carry in it some remains of the ancient name of this country; and the Samaritan version, in all places where Argob is, calls it Rigobaah; and in the Misnah (i) mention is made of a place called Ragab, beyond Jordan, famous for its being the second place for the best oil.
(h) De loc. Heb. fol. 87. M. (i) Misn. Menachot, c. 8. sect. 3.
3:53:5: ամենայն քաղաքք ամուրք բարձրապարիսպք, դրամբք եւ դռնափակօք. թո՛ղ ցքաղաքսն արձակաքաղաքս Փերեզացւոց բազո՛ւմս յոյժ։
5 Բոլոր քաղաքներն ամրացրել էին բարձր պարիսպներով, դարպասներով ու դռնափակերով, բացի փերեզացիների չամրացուած քաղաքներից, որոնք բաւական շատ էին:
5 Ասոնց ամէնքն ալ բարձր պարիսպներով, դռներով դռնափակներով ամրացած քաղաքներ էին, անպարիսպ քաղաքներէն զատ, որոնք խիստ շատ էին։
Ամենայն քաղաքք ամուրք բարձրապարիսպք դրամբք եւ դռնափակօք. թող ցքաղաքսն արձակաքաղաքս [48]Փերեզացւոց բազումս յոյժ:

3:5: ամենայն քաղաքք ամուրք բարձրապարիսպք, դրամբք եւ դռնափակօք. թո՛ղ ցքաղաքսն արձակաքաղաքս Փերեզացւոց բազո՛ւմս յոյժ։
5 Բոլոր քաղաքներն ամրացրել էին բարձր պարիսպներով, դարպասներով ու դռնափակերով, բացի փերեզացիների չամրացուած քաղաքներից, որոնք բաւական շատ էին:
5 Ասոնց ամէնքն ալ բարձր պարիսպներով, դռներով դռնափակներով ամրացած քաղաքներ էին, անպարիսպ քաղաքներէն զատ, որոնք խիստ շատ էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:55: все эти города укреплены были высокими стенами, воротами и запорами, кроме городов неукрепленных, весьма многих;
3:5 πᾶσαι πας all; every πόλεις πολις city ὀχυραί οχυρος wall ὑψηλά υψηλος high; lofty πύλαι πυλη gate καὶ και and; even μοχλοί μοχλος besides; only τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city τῶν ο the Φερεζαίων φερεζαιος the πολλῶν πολυς much; many σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
3:5 כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole אֵ֜לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these עָרִ֧ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town בְּצֻרֹ֛ות bᵊṣurˈôṯ בָּצוּר fortified חֹומָ֥ה ḥômˌā חֹומָה wall גְבֹהָ֖ה ḡᵊvōhˌā גָּבֹהַּ high דְּלָתַ֣יִם dᵊlāṯˈayim דֶּלֶת door וּ û וְ and בְרִ֑יחַ vᵊrˈîₐḥ בְּרִיחַ bar לְ lᵊ לְ to בַ֛ד vˈaḏ בַּד linen, part, stave מֵ mē מִן from עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the פְּרָזִ֖י ppᵊrāzˌî פְּרָזִי open country הַרְבֵּ֥ה harbˌē רבה be many מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
3:5. cunctae urbes erant munitae muris altissimis portisque et vectibus absque oppidis innumeris quae non habebant murosAll the cities were fenced with very high walls, and with gates and bars, besides innumerable towns that had no walls.
5. All these were cities fenced with high walls, gates, and bars; beside the unwalled towns a great many.
3:5. All the cities were fortified with very high walls, and with gates and bars, in addition to innumerable villages which had no walls.
3:5. All these cities [were] fenced with high walls, gates, and bars; beside unwalled towns a great many.
All these cities [were] fenced with high walls, gates, and bars; beside unwalled towns a great many:

5: все эти города укреплены были высокими стенами, воротами и запорами, кроме городов неукрепленных, весьма многих;
3:5
πᾶσαι πας all; every
πόλεις πολις city
ὀχυραί οχυρος wall
ὑψηλά υψηλος high; lofty
πύλαι πυλη gate
καὶ και and; even
μοχλοί μοχλος besides; only
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
τῶν ο the
Φερεζαίων φερεζαιος the
πολλῶν πολυς much; many
σφόδρα σφοδρα vehemently; tremendously
3:5
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
אֵ֜לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
עָרִ֧ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
בְּצֻרֹ֛ות bᵊṣurˈôṯ בָּצוּר fortified
חֹומָ֥ה ḥômˌā חֹומָה wall
גְבֹהָ֖ה ḡᵊvōhˌā גָּבֹהַּ high
דְּלָתַ֣יִם dᵊlāṯˈayim דֶּלֶת door
וּ û וְ and
בְרִ֑יחַ vᵊrˈîₐḥ בְּרִיחַ bar
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בַ֛ד vˈaḏ בַּד linen, part, stave
מֵ מִן from
עָרֵ֥י ʕārˌê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
פְּרָזִ֖י ppᵊrāzˌî פְּרָזִי open country
הַרְבֵּ֥ה harbˌē רבה be many
מְאֹֽד׃ mᵊʔˈōḏ מְאֹד might
3:5. cunctae urbes erant munitae muris altissimis portisque et vectibus absque oppidis innumeris quae non habebant muros
All the cities were fenced with very high walls, and with gates and bars, besides innumerable towns that had no walls.
3:5. All the cities were fortified with very high walls, and with gates and bars, in addition to innumerable villages which had no walls.
3:5. All these cities [were] fenced with high walls, gates, and bars; beside unwalled towns a great many.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:5: Gates, and bars - literally, "Double gates and a bar." The stone doors of Bashan, their height pointing to a race of great stature, and the numerous cities (deserted) exist to illustrate the statements of these verses.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:5: Deu 1:28; Num 13:28; Heb 11:30
Geneva 1599
3:5 All these cities [were] fenced with high walls, gates, and bars; beside (b) unwalled towns a great many.
(b) As villages and small towns.
John Gill
3:5 All these cities were fenced with high walls, gates, and bars,.... That is, all the cities in the kingdom of Bashan; and though they were, it hindered not their falling into the hands of the Israelites; and this might serve to encourage them against those fears they were possessed of by the spies, with respect to the cities in the land of Canaan; see Num 13:28.
besides unwalled towns a great many; small towns and villages adjacent to the several cities, as is common.
3:63:6: Եւ սատակեցաք զնոսա՝ որպէս արարաք զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնի. եւ սատակեցաք զամենայն քաղաքս մի ըստ միոջէ, եւ զկանայս եւ զմանկունս. եւ ո՛չ թողաք մազապուր.
6 Նրանց կոտորեցինք այնպէս, ինչպէս Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնին: Մէկ առ մէկ աւերեցինք բոլոր քաղաքները, կոտորեցինք կանանց ու մանուկներին: Ոչ մէկը մազապուրծ չեղաւ:
6 Զանոնք բնաջինջ ըրինք, ինչպէս Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորը ըրինք, բոլոր քաղաքներու մարդիկը, կիներն ու տղաքները կորսնցուցինք.
Եւ սատակեցաք զնոսա, որպէս արարաք զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնի. եւ սատակեցաք զամենայն քաղաքսն [49]մի ըստ միոջէ եւ զկանայս եւ զմանկունս, եւ ոչ թողաք մազապուր:

3:6: Եւ սատակեցաք զնոսա՝ որպէս արարաք զՍեհոն արքայ Եսեբոնի. եւ սատակեցաք զամենայն քաղաքս մի ըստ միոջէ, եւ զկանայս եւ զմանկունս. եւ ո՛չ թողաք մազապուր.
6 Նրանց կոտորեցինք այնպէս, ինչպէս Եսեբոնի արքայ Սեհոնին: Մէկ առ մէկ աւերեցինք բոլոր քաղաքները, կոտորեցինք կանանց ու մանուկներին: Ոչ մէկը մազապուրծ չեղաւ:
6 Զանոնք բնաջինջ ըրինք, ինչպէս Եսեբոնի Սեհոն թագաւորը ըրինք, բոլոր քաղաքներու մարդիկը, կիներն ու տղաքները կորսնցուցինք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:66: и предали мы их заклятию, как поступили с Сигоном, царем Есевонским, предав заклятию всякий город с мужчинами, женщинами и детьми;
3:6 ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin αὐτούς αυτος he; him ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as ἐποιήσαμεν ποιεω do; make τὸν ο the Σηων σηων monarch; king Εσεβων εσεβων and; even ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin πᾶσαν πας all; every πόλιν πολις city ἑξῆς εξης succession καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child
3:6 וַ wa וְ and נַּחֲרֵ֣ם nnaḥᵃrˈēm חרם consecrate אֹותָ֔ם ʔôṯˈām אֵת [object marker] כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשִׂ֔ינוּ ʕāśˈînû עשׂה make לְ lᵊ לְ to סִיחֹ֖ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon הַחֲרֵם֙ haḥᵃrˌēm חרם consecrate כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town מְתִ֔ם mᵊṯˈim מַת man הַ ha הַ the נָּשִׁ֖ים nnāšˌîm אִשָּׁה woman וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the טָּֽף׃ ṭṭˈāf טַף [those unable to march]
3:6. et delevimus eos sicut feceramus Seon regi Esebon disperdentes omnem civitatem virosque ac mulieres et parvulosAnd we utterly destroyed them, as we had done to Sehon the king of Hesebon, destroying every city, men and women and children:
6. And we utterly destroyed them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, utterly destroying every inhabited city, with the women and the little ones.
3:6. And we wiped them out, just as we had done to Sihon, the king of Heshbon, destroying every city, and its men, as well as women and children.
3:6. And we utterly destroyed them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, utterly destroying the men, women, and children, of every city.
And we utterly destroyed them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, utterly destroying the men, women, and children, of every city:

6: и предали мы их заклятию, как поступили с Сигоном, царем Есевонским, предав заклятию всякий город с мужчинами, женщинами и детьми;
3:6
ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
ἐποιήσαμεν ποιεω do; make
τὸν ο the
Σηων σηων monarch; king
Εσεβων εσεβων and; even
ἐξωλεθρεύσαμεν εξολοθρευω utterly ruin
πᾶσαν πας all; every
πόλιν πολις city
ἑξῆς εξης succession
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
γυναῖκας γυνη woman; wife
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child
3:6
וַ wa וְ and
נַּחֲרֵ֣ם nnaḥᵃrˈēm חרם consecrate
אֹותָ֔ם ʔôṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשִׂ֔ינוּ ʕāśˈînû עשׂה make
לְ lᵊ לְ to
סִיחֹ֖ן sîḥˌōn סִיחֹון Sihon
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
חֶשְׁבֹּ֑ון ḥešbˈôn חֶשְׁבֹּון Heshbon
הַחֲרֵם֙ haḥᵃrˌēm חרם consecrate
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עִ֣יר ʕˈîr עִיר town
מְתִ֔ם mᵊṯˈim מַת man
הַ ha הַ the
נָּשִׁ֖ים nnāšˌîm אִשָּׁה woman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
טָּֽף׃ ṭṭˈāf טַף [those unable to march]
3:6. et delevimus eos sicut feceramus Seon regi Esebon disperdentes omnem civitatem virosque ac mulieres et parvulos
And we utterly destroyed them, as we had done to Sehon the king of Hesebon, destroying every city, men and women and children:
3:6. And we wiped them out, just as we had done to Sihon, the king of Heshbon, destroying every city, and its men, as well as women and children.
3:6. And we utterly destroyed them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, utterly destroying the men, women, and children, of every city.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:6: we utterly: Deu 2:34, Deu 20:16-18; Lev 27:28, Lev 27:29; Num 21:2; Jos 11:14
as we did: Deu 3:2, Deu 2:24, Deu 2:34; Psa 135:10-12, Psa 136:19-21
Geneva 1599
3:6 And we utterly destroyed them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, utterly destroying the men, (c) women, and children, of every city.
(c) Because this was God's appointment, therefore it may not be judged cruel.
John Gill
3:6 And we utterly destroyed them,.... Not the cities, but the inhabitants of them:
as we did to Sihon king of Heshbon; they did not destroy his cities, for they took them and dwelt in them; but the people that lived there, as follows here:
utterly destroying the men, women, and children, of every city; see Deut 2:34.
3:73:7: եւ զամենայն զանասուն եւ զկապուտ քաղաքացն ածաք մեզ յաւար[1665]։ [1665] Ոմանք. Ածաք մեզ յաւարի։
7 Բոլոր անասունները աւար առանք ու քաղաքները կողոպտեցինք:
7 Սակայն բոլոր անասուններն ու քաղաքներուն աւարները մեզի առինք։
եւ զամենայն զանասուն եւ զկապուտ քաղաքացն ածաք մեզ յաւար:

3:7: եւ զամենայն զանասուն եւ զկապուտ քաղաքացն ածաք մեզ յաւար[1665]։
[1665] Ոմանք. Ածաք մեզ յաւարի։
7 Բոլոր անասունները աւար առանք ու քաղաքները կողոպտեցինք:
7 Սակայն բոլոր անասուններն ու քաղաքներուն աւարները մեզի առինք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:77: но весь скот и захваченное в городах взяли себе в добычу.
3:7 καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the σκῦλα σκυλον spoil τῶν ο the πόλεων πολις city ἐπρονομεύσαμεν προνομευω of himself; his own
3:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בְּהֵמָ֛ה bbᵊhēmˈā בְּהֵמָה cattle וּ û וְ and שְׁלַ֥ל šᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder הֶ he הַ the עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town בַּזֹּ֥ונוּ bazzˌônû בזז spoil לָֽנוּ׃ lˈānû לְ to
3:7. iumenta autem et spolia urbium diripuimusBut the cattle and the spoils of the cities we took for our prey.
7. But all the cattle, and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey unto ourselves.
3:7. But the cattle and the spoils of the cities, we plundered.
3:7. But all the cattle, and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey to ourselves.
But all the cattle, and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey to ourselves:

7: но весь скот и захваченное в городах взяли себе в добычу.
3:7
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
σκῦλα σκυλον spoil
τῶν ο the
πόλεων πολις city
ἐπρονομεύσαμεν προνομευω of himself; his own
3:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בְּהֵמָ֛ה bbᵊhēmˈā בְּהֵמָה cattle
וּ û וְ and
שְׁלַ֥ל šᵊlˌal שָׁלָל plunder
הֶ he הַ the
עָרִ֖ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
בַּזֹּ֥ונוּ bazzˌônû בזז spoil
לָֽנוּ׃ lˈānû לְ to
3:7. iumenta autem et spolia urbium diripuimus
But the cattle and the spoils of the cities we took for our prey.
3:7. But the cattle and the spoils of the cities, we plundered.
3:7. But all the cattle, and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey to ourselves.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:7: Deu 2:35; Jos 8:27, Jos 11:11-14
John Gill
3:7 But all the cattle, and the spoil of the cities,.... The oxen and sheep, camels and asses; their gold and silver, and the furniture of their houses; their stores of corn, and of other fruits of the earth, even all their substance of whatsoever kind:
we took for a prey to ourselves; made them their own property, and used them for their own profit and service, whereby they became greatly enriched.
3:83:8: Եւ առա՛ք ՚ի ժամանակի յայնմիկ զերկիրն ՚ի ձեռաց երկուց թագաւորացն Ամովրհացւոց. որ էին յայնկոյս Յորդանանու, յԱռնովնա՛յ մինչեւ ցԱհերմոն։
8 Այդ ժամանակ ամորհացիների երկու թագաւորներից գրաւեցինք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում գտնուող երկիրը Առնոնից մինչեւ Հերմոն:
8 Նոյն ժամանակ՝ Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը եղող Ամօրհացիներուն երկու թագաւորներուն ձեռքէն առինք երկիրը՝ Առնոն ձորէն մինչեւ Հերմոն լեռը։
Եւ առաք ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ զերկիրն ի ձեռաց երկուց թագաւորացն Ամովրհացւոց, որ էին յայնկոյս Յորդանանու, յԱռնովնայ մինչեւ ցՀերմոն:

3:8: Եւ առա՛ք ՚ի ժամանակի յայնմիկ զերկիրն ՚ի ձեռաց երկուց թագաւորացն Ամովրհացւոց. որ էին յայնկոյս Յորդանանու, յԱռնովնա՛յ մինչեւ ցԱհերմոն։
8 Այդ ժամանակ ամորհացիների երկու թագաւորներից գրաւեցինք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում գտնուող երկիրը Առնոնից մինչեւ Հերմոն:
8 Նոյն ժամանակ՝ Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը եղող Ամօրհացիներուն երկու թագաւորներուն ձեռքէն առինք երկիրը՝ Առնոն ձորէն մինչեւ Հերմոն լեռը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:88: И взяли мы в то время из руки двух царей Аморрейских землю сию, которая по эту сторону Иордана, от потока Арнона до горы Ермона, --
3:8 καὶ και and; even ἐλάβομεν λαμβανω take; get ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἐκ εκ from; out of χειρῶν χειρ hand δύο δυο two βασιλέων βασιλευς monarch; king τῶν ο the Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what ἦσαν ειμι be πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even ἕως εως till; until Αερμων αερμων Aermōn; Aermon
3:8 וַ wa וְ and נִּקַּ֞ח nniqqˈaḥ לקח take בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֤ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִוא֙ hiw הִיא she אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִ mi מִן from יַּ֗ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand שְׁנֵי֙ šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two מַלְכֵ֣י malᵊḵˈê מֶלֶךְ king הָ hā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִ mi מִן from נַּ֥חַל nnˌaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹ֖ן ʔarnˌōn אַרְנֹון Arnon עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain חֶרְמֹֽון׃ ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon
3:8. tulimusque illo in tempore terram de manu duorum regum Amorreorum qui erant trans Iordanem a torrente Arnon usque ad montem HermonAnd we took at that time the land out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorrhites, that were beyond the Jordan: from the torrent Arnon unto the mount Hermon,
8. And we took the land at that time out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites that were beyond Jordan, from the valley of Arnon unto mount Hermon;
3:8. And at that time, we took the land from the hand of the two kings of the Amorites, who were across the Jordan: from the torrent Arnon as far as Mount Hermon,
3:8. And we took at that time out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites the land that [was] on this side Jordan, from the river of Arnon unto mount Hermon;
And we took at that time out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites the land that [was] on this side Jordan, from the river of Arnon unto mount Hermon:

8: И взяли мы в то время из руки двух царей Аморрейских землю сию, которая по эту сторону Иордана, от потока Арнона до горы Ермона, --
3:8
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάβομεν λαμβανω take; get
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἐκ εκ from; out of
χειρῶν χειρ hand
δύο δυο two
βασιλέων βασιλευς monarch; king
τῶν ο the
Αμορραίων αμορραιος who; what
ἦσαν ειμι be
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even
ἕως εως till; until
Αερμων αερμων Aermōn; Aermon
3:8
וַ wa וְ and
נִּקַּ֞ח nniqqˈaḥ לקח take
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֤ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִוא֙ hiw הִיא she
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִ mi מִן from
יַּ֗ד yyˈaḏ יָד hand
שְׁנֵי֙ šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two
מַלְכֵ֣י malᵊḵˈê מֶלֶךְ king
הָ הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִ mi מִן from
נַּ֥חַל nnˌaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹ֖ן ʔarnˌōn אַרְנֹון Arnon
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
חֶרְמֹֽון׃ ḥermˈôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon
3:8. tulimusque illo in tempore terram de manu duorum regum Amorreorum qui erant trans Iordanem a torrente Arnon usque ad montem Hermon
And we took at that time the land out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorrhites, that were beyond the Jordan: from the torrent Arnon unto the mount Hermon,
3:8. And at that time, we took the land from the hand of the two kings of the Amorites, who were across the Jordan: from the torrent Arnon as far as Mount Hermon,
3:8. And we took at that time out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites the land that [was] on this side Jordan, from the river of Arnon unto mount Hermon;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:8: the land: Num 32:33-42; Jos 12:2-6, Jos 13:9-12
John Gill
3:8 And we took at that time out of the hands of the two kings of the Amorites,.... Sihon king of Heshbon, and Og king of Bashan:
the land that was on this side Jordan; where Moses then was, being in the plains of Moab, and was the country beyond Jordan, with respect to the land of Canaan, and when in that:
from the river of Arnon unto Mount Hermon; Arnon was a river which divided Moab and the Amorites, Num 22:13 and Hermon was a mountain of Gilead, which ended where Lebanon began, and was the northerly border of this country. It was remarkable for the dew that fell on it; See Gill on Ps 133:3.
John Wesley
3:8 On this side Jordan - So it was when Moses wrote this book; but afterward when Israel passed over Jordan it was called the land beyond Jordan.
3:93:9: Եւ Փիւնիկեցիք անուանեցին զԱհերմոնն Սանիովր. եւ Ամովրհացին անուանեաց զնա Սանիր[1666]։ [1666] Ոմանք. ԶԱհերմոնն՝ Անիովր։
9 Փիւնիկեցիները Հերմոնն անուանում էին Սանիոր, իսկ ամորհացիները՝ Սանիր:
9 Սիդոնացիները Հերմոնին Սարիօն կ’ըսէին, բայց Ամօրհացիները զանիկա Սանիր կը կոչէին
Եւ [50]Փիւնիկեցիք անուանեցին զՀերմոնն Սանիովր, եւ Ամովրհացին անուանեաց զնա Սանիր:

3:9: Եւ Փիւնիկեցիք անուանեցին զԱհերմոնն Սանիովր. եւ Ամովրհացին անուանեաց զնա Սանիր[1666]։
[1666] Ոմանք. ԶԱհերմոնն՝ Անիովր։
9 Փիւնիկեցիները Հերմոնն անուանում էին Սանիոր, իսկ ամորհացիները՝ Սանիր:
9 Սիդոնացիները Հերմոնին Սարիօն կ’ըսէին, բայց Ամօրհացիները զանիկա Սանիր կը կոչէին
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:99: Сидоняне Ермон называют Сирионом, а Аморреи называют его Сениром, --
3:9 οἱ ο the Φοίνικες φοινικες named τὸ ο the Αερμων αερμων and; even ὁ ο the Αμορραῖος αμορραιος named αὐτὸ αυτος he; him Σανιρ σανιρ Sanir
3:9 צִידֹנִ֛ים ṣîḏōnˈîm צִידֹנִי Sidonian יִקְרְא֥וּ yiqrᵊʔˌû קרא call לְ lᵊ לְ to חֶרְמֹ֖ון ḥermˌôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon שִׂרְיֹ֑ן śiryˈōn שִׂרְיֹן Sirion וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ֣ hˈā הַ the אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite יִקְרְאוּ־ yiqrᵊʔû- קרא call לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to שְׂנִֽיר׃ śᵊnˈîr שְׂנִיר Senir
3:9. quem Sidonii Sarion vocant et Amorrei SanirWhich the Sidonians call Sarion, and the Amorrhites Sanir:
9. ( Hermon the Sidonians call Sirion, and the Amorites call it Senir;)
3:9. which the Sidonians call Sirion, and the Amorites call Senir,
3:9. ([Which] Hermon the Sidonians call Sirion; and the Amorites call it Shenir;)
Which Hermon the Sidonians call Sirion; and the Amorites call it Shenir:

9: Сидоняне Ермон называют Сирионом, а Аморреи называют его Сениром, --
3:9
οἱ ο the
Φοίνικες φοινικες named
τὸ ο the
Αερμων αερμων and; even
ο the
Αμορραῖος αμορραιος named
αὐτὸ αυτος he; him
Σανιρ σανιρ Sanir
3:9
צִידֹנִ֛ים ṣîḏōnˈîm צִידֹנִי Sidonian
יִקְרְא֥וּ yiqrᵊʔˌû קרא call
לְ lᵊ לְ to
חֶרְמֹ֖ון ḥermˌôn חֶרְמֹון Hermon
שִׂרְיֹ֑ן śiryˈōn שִׂרְיֹן Sirion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
אֱמֹרִ֔י ʔᵉmōrˈî אֱמֹרִי Amorite
יִקְרְאוּ־ yiqrᵊʔû- קרא call
לֹ֖ו lˌô לְ to
שְׂנִֽיר׃ śᵊnˈîr שְׂנִיר Senir
3:9. quem Sidonii Sarion vocant et Amorrei Sanir
Which the Sidonians call Sarion, and the Amorrhites Sanir:
3:9. which the Sidonians call Sirion, and the Amorites call Senir,
3:9. ([Which] Hermon the Sidonians call Sirion; and the Amorites call it Shenir;)
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:9: Hermon the Sidonians call - Shenir - I suppose this verse to have been a marginal remark, which afterwards got incorporated with the text, or an addition by Joshua or Ezra.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:9: Hermon, the southern and culminating point of the range of Lebanon, was also the religious center of primaeval Syria. Its Baal sanctuaries not only existed but gave it a name before the Exodus. Hence, the careful specification of the various names by which the mountain was known. The Sidonian name of it might easily have become known to Moses through the constant traffic which had gone on from the most ancient times between Sidon and Egypt.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:9: Hermon: Mount Hermon is the south-eastern branch of Lebanon, beyond Jordan. The Chaldee Targumist, who places it at Cesarea and Samaritan interpreter call it toor talga, "the mountain of snow," because of its being always covered with snow; and Jerome informs us, that it lies higher than Paneas or Csarea Philippi, and that in the summer time snow used to be carried from thence to Tyre. It is now call El Heish, and is comprised in the district of Kanneytra. Deu 4:48, Deu 4:49; Psa 29:6, Psa 89:12, Psa 133:3; Sol 4:8
Shenir: Ch1 5:23; Eze 27:5, Senir
John Gill
3:9 Which Hermon the Sidonians call Sirion,.... Which name it has in Ps 29:6 a name the inhabitants of Sidon gave it, but for what reason it is not easy to say; however, that it was well known to Tyre and Sidon, appears from snow in summer time being brought to the former, as will be hereafter observed:
and the Amorites call it Shenir; in whose possession it was last. Bochart (k) thinks it had its name from the multitude of wild cats in it, Shunar in the Chaldee tongue being the name of that creature; but Jarchi says Shenir in the Canaanitish language signifies "snow"; so, in the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, it is called the mountain of snow; and the Hebrew who read to Jerom, and taught him, affirmed to him that this mountain hung over Paneas, from whence snow in summer time was brought to Tyre for pleasure (l), and the same is confirmed by Abulfeda (m). There is said to be upon the top of it a famous temple, which is used for worship by the Heathens, over against Paneas and Lebanon (n); and it is highly probable there was one even at this time, when it was possessed by the Amorites, since it is called Mount Baalhermon, Judg 3:3, from the worship of Baal, or some other idol upon it, as it should seem. Besides these, it had another name, Mount Sion, Deut 4:48 but to be distinguished from Mount Zion near Jerusalem. The names of it in this place are very differently interpreted by Hillerus (o); though he thinks it had them all on account of the snow on it, which was as a net all over it; for Hermon, he observes, signifies a net, a dragnet, and Shenir an apron, and Sirion a coat of mail, all from the covering of this mount with snow.
(k) Hierozoic. par. 1. l. 3. c. 14. col. 865. (l) De loc. Heb. fol. 88. B, C. (m) Apud Reland. Palestin. Illustrat. par. 2. p. 920. (n) De loc. Heb. fol. 88. B, C. (o) Onomastic. Sacr. p. 561, 562, 786, 929.
John Wesley
3:9 Sirion - Elsewhere called Mount Gilead, and Lebanon, and here Shenir, and Sirion, which several names are given to this one mountain partly by several people, and partly in regard of several tops and parts of it.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:9 Hermon--now Jebel-Es-Sheick--the majestic hill on which the long and elevated range of Anti-Lebanon terminates. Its summit and the ridges on its sides are almost constantly covered with snow. It is not so much one high mountain as a whole cluster of mountain peaks, the highest in Palestine. According to the survey taken by the English Government Engineers in 1840, they were about 9376 feet above the sea. Being a mountain chain, it is no wonder that it should have received different names at different points from the different tribes which lay along the base--all of them designating extraordinary height: Hermon, the lofty peak; "Sirion," or in an abbreviated form "Sion" (Deut 4:48), the upraised, glittering; "Shenir," the glittering breastplate of ice.
3:103:10: Ամենայն քաղաքք Միսովրայ, եւ ամենայն Գաղաադ, եւ ամենայն Բասան, մինչեւ ցԵղքա, եւ ցԵդրային. քաղա՛քք թագաւորութեան էին Ովգայ ՚ի Բասան[1667]։ [1667] Ոսկան. Մինչեւ ցՍելքայ։
10 Միսորի բոլոր քաղաքները, ամբողջ Գաղաադը, ամբողջ Բասանը մինչեւ Եղքա ու Եդրային Օգի թագաւորութեան քաղաքներն էին Բասանում:
10 Բոլոր դաշտի քաղաքները, բոլոր Գաղաադն ու բոլոր Բասանը մինչեւ Սելքա ու Եդրայի, Բասանի մէջ եղած Ովգին թագաւորութեան քաղաքները առինք։
Ամենայն քաղաքք [51]Միսովրայ եւ ամենայն Գաղաադ եւ ամենայն Բասան, մինչեւ ցԵղքա, եւ ցԵդրային, քաղաքք թագաւորութեան էին Ովգայ ի Բասան:

3:10: Ամենայն քաղաքք Միսովրայ, եւ ամենայն Գաղաադ, եւ ամենայն Բասան, մինչեւ ցԵղքա, եւ ցԵդրային. քաղա՛քք թագաւորութեան էին Ովգայ ՚ի Բասան[1667]։
[1667] Ոսկան. Մինչեւ ցՍելքայ։
10 Միսորի բոլոր քաղաքները, ամբողջ Գաղաադը, ամբողջ Բասանը մինչեւ Եղքա ու Եդրային Օգի թագաւորութեան քաղաքներն էին Բասանում:
10 Բոլոր դաշտի քաղաքները, բոլոր Գաղաադն ու բոլոր Բասանը մինչեւ Սելքա ու Եդրայի, Բասանի մէջ եղած Ովգին թագաւորութեան քաղաքները առինք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1010: все города на равнине, весь Галаад и весь Васан до Салхи и Едреи, города царства Ога Васанского;
3:10 πᾶσαι πας all; every πόλεις πολις city Μισωρ μισωρ and; even πᾶσα πας all; every Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even πᾶσα πας all; every Βασαν βασαν till; until Σελχα σελχα and; even Εδραϊν εδραιν city βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom τοῦ ο the Ωγ ωγ in τῇ ο the Βασαν βασαν Basan; Vasan
3:10 כֹּ֣ל׀ kˈōl כֹּל whole עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town הַ ha הַ the מִּישֹׁ֗ר mmîšˈōr מִישֹׁור fairness וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto סַלְכָ֖ה salᵊḵˌā סַלְכָה Salecah וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶדְרֶ֑עִי ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei עָרֵ֛י ʕārˈê עִיר town מַמְלֶ֥כֶת mamlˌeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the בָּשָֽׁן׃ bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
3:10. omnes civitates quae sitae sunt in planitie et universam terram Galaad et Basan usque Selcha et Edrai civitates regni Og in BasanAll the cities that are situate in the plain, and all the land of Galaad and Basan as far as Selcha and Edrai, cities of the kingdom of Og in Basan.
10. all the cities of the plain, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salecah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
3:10. all the cities that are situated in the plain, and the entire land of Gilead and Bashan, all the way to Salecah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
3:10. All the cities of the plain, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salchah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
All the cities of the plain, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salchah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan:

10: все города на равнине, весь Галаад и весь Васан до Салхи и Едреи, города царства Ога Васанского;
3:10
πᾶσαι πας all; every
πόλεις πολις city
Μισωρ μισωρ and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
Βασαν βασαν till; until
Σελχα σελχα and; even
Εδραϊν εδραιν city
βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom
τοῦ ο the
Ωγ ωγ in
τῇ ο the
Βασαν βασαν Basan; Vasan
3:10
כֹּ֣ל׀ kˈōl כֹּל whole
עָרֵ֣י ʕārˈê עִיר town
הַ ha הַ the
מִּישֹׁ֗ר mmîšˈōr מִישֹׁור fairness
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
סַלְכָ֖ה salᵊḵˌā סַלְכָה Salecah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶדְרֶ֑עִי ʔeḏrˈeʕî אֶדְרֶעִי Edrei
עָרֵ֛י ʕārˈê עִיר town
מַמְלֶ֥כֶת mamlˌeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom
עֹ֖וג ʕˌôḡ עֹוג Og
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
בָּשָֽׁן׃ bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
3:10. omnes civitates quae sitae sunt in planitie et universam terram Galaad et Basan usque Selcha et Edrai civitates regni Og in Basan
All the cities that are situate in the plain, and all the land of Galaad and Basan as far as Selcha and Edrai, cities of the kingdom of Og in Basan.
3:10. all the cities that are situated in the plain, and the entire land of Gilead and Bashan, all the way to Salecah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
3:10. All the cities of the plain, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salchah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:10: Salchah - Compare Jos 12:5; Ch1 5:11, where it is named as belonging to the tribe of Gad. It lies seven hours' journey to the southeast of Bostra or Bozrah of Moab. As the eastern border city of the kingdom of Bashan it was no doubt strongly fortified.
Edrei - Compare Num 21:33 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:10: the cities: Deu 4:49
Edrei: Num 21:33; Jos 12:4, Jos 12:5, Jos 13:11, Jos 13:12, Jos 13:31
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
3:10
The different portions of the conquered land were the following: המּישׁר, the plain, i.e., the Amoritish table-land, stretching from the Arnon to Heshbon, and in a north-easterly direction nearly as far as Rabbath-Ammon, with the towns of Heshbon, Bezer, Medeba, Jahza, and Dibon (Deut 4:43; Josh 13:9, Josh 13:16-17, Josh 13:21; Josh 20:8; Jer 48:21.), which originally belonged to the Moabites, and is therefore called "the field of Moab" in Num 21:20. "The whole of Gilead," i.e., the mountainous region on the southern and northern sides of the Jabbok, which was divided into two halves by this river. The southern half, which reached to Heshbon, belonged to the kingdom of Sihon (Josh 12:2), and was assigned by Moses to the Reubenites and Gadites (Deut 3:12); whilst the northern half, which is called "the rest of Gilead" in Deut 3:13, the modern Jebel Ajlun, extending as far as the land of Bashan (Hauran and Jaulan), belonged to the kingdom of Og (Josh 12:5), and was assigned to the Manassite family of Machir (Deut 3:15, and Josh 13:31; cf. v. Raumer, Pal. pp. 229, 230). "And all Bashan unto Salcah and Edrei." All Bashan included not only the country of Hauran (the plan and mountain), but unquestionably also the district of Jedur and Jaulan, to the west of the sea of Galilee and the upper Jordan, or the ancient Gaulonitis (Jos. Ant. xviii. 4, 6, etc.), as the kingdom of Og extended to the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi (see at Deut 3:14). Og had not conquered the whole of the land of Hauran, however, but only the greater part of it. His territory extended eastwards to Salcah, i.e., the present Szalchat or Szarchad, about six hours to the east of Bozrah, south of Jebel Hauran, a town with 800 houses, and a castle upon a basaltic rock, but uninhabited (cf. v. Raumer, Pal. p. 255); and northwards to Edrei, i.e., the northern Edrei (see at Num 21:33), a considerable ruin on the northwest of Bozrah, three or four English miles in extent, in the old buildings of which there are 200 families living at present (Turks, Druses, and Christians). By the Arabian geographers (Abulfeda, Ibn Batuta) it is called Sora, by modern travellers Adra or Edra (v. Richter), or Oezraa (Seetzen), or Ezra (Burckhardt), and Edhra (Robinson, App. 155). Consequently nearly the whole of Jebel Hauran, and the northern portion of the plain, viz., the Leja, were outside the kingdom of Og and the land of Bashan, of which the Israelites took possession, although Burckhardt reckons Ezra as part of the Leja.
John Gill
3:10 All the cities of the plain,.... There was a plain by Medeba, and Heshbon and her cities were in a plain, with some others given to the tribe of Reuben, Josh 13:16.
and all Gilead; Mount Gilead, and the cities belonging to it, a very fruitful country, half of which fell to the share of the Reubenites, and the rest to the half tribe of Manasseh:
and all Bashan; of which Og was king, called Batanea, a very fertile country, as before observed:
unto Salcah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan; which seem to be frontier cities of the latter: see Deut 1:4. The former, Adrichomius (p) says, was situated by the city Geshur and Mount Hermon, and was the boundary of the country of Bashan to the north; and according to Benjamin of Tudela (q), it was half a day's journey from Gilead: as Edrei seems to be its boundary to the south.
(p) Thestrum Terrae Sanct. p. 94. (q) Itinerar. p. 57.
John Wesley
3:10 All Gilead - Gilead is sometimes taken for all the Israelites possessions beyond Jordan, and so it comprehends Bashan; but here for that part of it which lies in and near mount Gilead, and so it is distinguished from Bashan and Argob.
3:113:11: Զի Ո՛վգ միայն արքայ Բասանու մնա՛ց յՌափայնոց անտի. եւ գահոյք նորա գահոյք երկաթիք. եւ ահա է այն յամրոցի՛ որդւոցն Ամոնայ՝ ինն կանգուն երկայնութիւն նորա եւ չորք կանգուն լայնութիւն նորա, սկայի՛ց կանգնով։
11 Ռափայինեաններից մնաց միայն Բասանի թագաւոր Օգը: Նրա մահճակալը, որ երկաթից էր, հիմա գտնւում է Ամոնի յետնորդների ամրոցում: Հսկաների կանգունով չափած՝ ինը կանգուն էր դրա երկարութիւնը, եւ չորս կանգուն՝ դրա լայնութիւնը»:
11 Քանզի հսկաներէն միայն Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորը մնացեր էր։ Անոր երկաթէ մահիճը Ամմոնի որդիներուն Ռաբբային մէջ կեցած է։ Երկայնութիւնը ինը կանգուն էր ու լայնութիւնը չորս կանգուն էր՝ սովորական կանգունով։
Զի Ովգ միայն արքայ Բասանու մնաց [52]յՌափայնոց անտի. եւ գահոյք նորա գահոյք երկաթիք, եւ ահա է այն յամրոցի որդւոցն Ամոնայ. ինն կանգուն երկայնութիւն նորա եւ չորք կանգունք լայնութիւն նորա, [53]սկայից կանգնով:

3:11: Զի Ո՛վգ միայն արքայ Բասանու մնա՛ց յՌափայնոց անտի. եւ գահոյք նորա գահոյք երկաթիք. եւ ահա է այն յամրոցի՛ որդւոցն Ամոնայ՝ ինն կանգուն երկայնութիւն նորա եւ չորք կանգուն լայնութիւն նորա, սկայի՛ց կանգնով։
11 Ռափայինեաններից մնաց միայն Բասանի թագաւոր Օգը: Նրա մահճակալը, որ երկաթից էր, հիմա գտնւում է Ամոնի յետնորդների ամրոցում: Հսկաների կանգունով չափած՝ ինը կանգուն էր դրա երկարութիւնը, եւ չորս կանգուն՝ դրա լայնութիւնը»:
11 Քանզի հսկաներէն միայն Բասանի Ովգ թագաւորը մնացեր էր։ Անոր երկաթէ մահիճը Ամմոնի որդիներուն Ռաբբային մէջ կեցած է։ Երկայնութիւնը ինը կանգուն էր ու լայնութիւնը չորս կանգուն էր՝ սովորական կանգունով։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1111: ибо только Ог, царь Васанский, оставался из Рефаимов. Вот, одр его, одр железный, и теперь в Равве, у сынов Аммоновых: длина его девять локтей, а ширина его четыре локтя, локтей мужеских.
3:11 ὅτι οτι since; that πλὴν πλην besides; only Ωγ ωγ monarch; king Βασαν βασαν leave behind; remain ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the Ραφαϊν ραφαιν see!; here I am ἡ ο the κλίνη κλινη bed αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him κλίνη κλινη bed σιδηρᾶ σιδηρεος of iron ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am αὕτη ουτος this; he ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἄκρᾳ ακρος the υἱῶν υιος son Αμμων αμμων nine πηχῶν πηχυς forearm; foot and a half τὸ ο the μῆκος μηκος length αὐτῆς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τεσσάρων τεσσαρες four πηχῶν πηχυς forearm; foot and a half τὸ ο the εὖρος ευρος he; him ἐν εν in πήχει πηχυς forearm; foot and a half ἀνδρός ανηρ man; husband
3:11 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that רַק־ raq- רַק only עֹ֞וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֗ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan נִשְׁאַר֮ nišʔar שׁאר remain מִ mi מִן from יֶּ֣תֶר yyˈeṯer יֶתֶר remainder הָ hā הַ the רְפָאִים֒ rᵊfāʔîm רְפָאִים Rephaim הִנֵּ֤ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold עַרְשֹׂו֙ ʕarśˌô עֶרֶשׂ couch עֶ֣רֶשׂ ʕˈereś עֶרֶשׂ couch בַּרְזֶ֔ל barzˈel בַּרְזֶל iron הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] לֹ֣ה lˈō לֹא not הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רַבַּ֖ת rabbˌaṯ רַב much בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son עַמֹּ֑ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon תֵּ֧שַׁע tˈēšaʕ תֵּשַׁע nine אַמֹּ֣ות ʔammˈôṯ אַמָּה cubit אָרְכָּ֗הּ ʔorkˈāh אֹרֶךְ length וְ wᵊ וְ and אַרְבַּ֥ע ʔarbˌaʕ אַרְבַּע four אַמֹּ֛ות ʔammˈôṯ אַמָּה cubit רָחְבָּ֖הּ roḥbˌāh רֹחַב breadth בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אַמַּת־ ʔammaṯ- אַמָּה cubit אִֽישׁ׃ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
3:11. solus quippe Og rex Basan restiterat de stirpe gigantum monstratur lectus eius ferreus qui est in Rabbath filiorum Ammon novem cubitos habens longitudinis et quattuor latitudinis ad mensuram cubiti virilis manusFor only Og king of Basan remained of the race of the giants. His bed of iron is shewn, which is in Rabbath of the children of Ammon, being nine cubits long, and four broad after the measure of the cubit of a man's hand.
11. ( For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of the Rephaim; behold, his bedstead was a bedstead of iron; is it not in Rabbah of the children of Ammon? nine cubits was the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man.)
3:11. For only Og, the king of Bashan, was left behind out of the race of the giants. His bed of iron is on display, (it is in Rabbah, among the sons of Ammon) being nine cubits in length, and four in width, according to the measure of the cubit of a man’s hand.
3:11. For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his bedstead [was] a bedstead of iron; [is] it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? nine cubits [was] the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man.
For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his bedstead [was] a bedstead of iron; [is] it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? nine cubits [was] the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man:

11: ибо только Ог, царь Васанский, оставался из Рефаимов. Вот, одр его, одр железный, и теперь в Равве, у сынов Аммоновых: длина его девять локтей, а ширина его четыре локтя, локтей мужеских.
3:11
ὅτι οτι since; that
πλὴν πλην besides; only
Ωγ ωγ monarch; king
Βασαν βασαν leave behind; remain
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
Ραφαϊν ραφαιν see!; here I am
ο the
κλίνη κλινη bed
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
κλίνη κλινη bed
σιδηρᾶ σιδηρεος of iron
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἄκρᾳ ακρος the
υἱῶν υιος son
Αμμων αμμων nine
πηχῶν πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
τὸ ο the
μῆκος μηκος length
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τεσσάρων τεσσαρες four
πηχῶν πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
τὸ ο the
εὖρος ευρος he; him
ἐν εν in
πήχει πηχυς forearm; foot and a half
ἀνδρός ανηρ man; husband
3:11
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
רַק־ raq- רַק only
עֹ֞וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֗ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
נִשְׁאַר֮ nišʔar שׁאר remain
מִ mi מִן from
יֶּ֣תֶר yyˈeṯer יֶתֶר remainder
הָ הַ the
רְפָאִים֒ rᵊfāʔîm רְפָאִים Rephaim
הִנֵּ֤ה hinnˈē הִנֵּה behold
עַרְשֹׂו֙ ʕarśˌô עֶרֶשׂ couch
עֶ֣רֶשׂ ʕˈereś עֶרֶשׂ couch
בַּרְזֶ֔ל barzˈel בַּרְזֶל iron
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
לֹ֣ה lˈō לֹא not
הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רַבַּ֖ת rabbˌaṯ רַב much
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
עַמֹּ֑ון ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
תֵּ֧שַׁע tˈēšaʕ תֵּשַׁע nine
אַמֹּ֣ות ʔammˈôṯ אַמָּה cubit
אָרְכָּ֗הּ ʔorkˈāh אֹרֶךְ length
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַרְבַּ֥ע ʔarbˌaʕ אַרְבַּע four
אַמֹּ֛ות ʔammˈôṯ אַמָּה cubit
רָחְבָּ֖הּ roḥbˌāh רֹחַב breadth
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אַמַּת־ ʔammaṯ- אַמָּה cubit
אִֽישׁ׃ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
3:11. solus quippe Og rex Basan restiterat de stirpe gigantum monstratur lectus eius ferreus qui est in Rabbath filiorum Ammon novem cubitos habens longitudinis et quattuor latitudinis ad mensuram cubiti virilis manus
For only Og king of Basan remained of the race of the giants. His bed of iron is shewn, which is in Rabbath of the children of Ammon, being nine cubits long, and four broad after the measure of the cubit of a man's hand.
3:11. For only Og, the king of Bashan, was left behind out of the race of the giants. His bed of iron is on display, (it is in Rabbah, among the sons of Ammon) being nine cubits in length, and four in width, according to the measure of the cubit of a man’s hand.
3:11. For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his bedstead [was] a bedstead of iron; [is] it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? nine cubits [was] the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:11: Og king of Bashan remained - Og was the last king of the Amorites; his kingdom appears to have taken its name from the hill of Bashan; the country has been since called Batanaea.
Remnant of giants - Of the Rephaim. See on Deu 2:10 (note), Deu 2:11 (note).
His bedstead was - of iron - Iron was probably used partly for its strength and durability, and partly to prevent noxious vermin from harbouring in it.
Is it not in Rabbath, of the children of Ammon? - The bedstead was probably taken in some battle between the Ammonites and Amorites, in which the former had gained the victory. The bedstead was carried a trophy and placed in Rabbath, which appears, from Sa2 12:26, to have been the royal city of the children of Ammon.
Nine cubits was the length - four cubits the breadth - Allowing the bedstead to have been one cubit longer than Og, which is certainly sufficient, and allowing the cubit to be about eighteen inches long, for this is perhaps the average of the cubit of a man, then Og was twelve feet high. This may be deemed extraordinary, and perhaps almost incredible, and therefore many commentators have, according to their fancy, lengthened the bedstead and shortened the man, making the former one-third longer than the person who lay on it, that they might reduce Og to six cubits; but even in this way they make him at least nine feet high.
On this subject the rabbins have trifled most sinfully. I shall give one specimen. In the Targum of Jonathan ben Uzziel on Num 21:33-35, it is said that "Og having observed that the camp of the Israelites extended six miles, he went and tore up a mountain six miles in its base, and put it on his head, and carried it towards the camp, that he might throw it on the Israelites and destroy them; but the word of the Lord prepared a worm, which bored a hole in the mountain over his head, so that it fell down upon his shoulders: at the same time his teeth growing out in all directions, stuck into the mountain, so that he could not cast it off his head. Moses, (who was himself ten cubits high), seeing Og thus entangled, took an axe ten cubits long, and having leaped ten cubits in height, struck Og on the ankle bone, so that he fell and was slain."
From this account the distance from the sole of Og's foot to his ankle was thirty cubits in length! I give this as a very slight specimen of rabbinical comment. I could quote places in the Talmud in which Og is stated to be several miles high! This relation about Og I suppose to be also an historical note added by a subsequent hand.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:11: Giants - Or Rephaim: see the marginal reference note.
A bedstead of iron - The "iron" was probably the black basalt of the country, which not only contains a large proportion, about 20 percent, of iron, but was actually called "iron," and is still so regarded by the Arabians. Iron was indeed both known and used, principally for tools (see e. g. Deu 19:5 and compare Gen 4:22 note), at the date in question by the Semitic people of Palestine and the adjoining countries; but bronze was the ordinary metal of which weapons, articles of furniture, etc., were made.
The word translated "bedstead" is derived from a root signifying "to unite" or "bind together," and so "to arch" or "cover with a vault." The word may then certainly mean "bier," and perhaps does so in this passage. Modern travelers have discovered in the territories of Og sarcophagi as well as many other articles made of the black basalt of the country.
Is it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? - Probably after the defeat and death of Og at Edrei the remnant of his army fled into the territory of the friendly Ammonites, and carried with them the corpse of the giant king.
After the cubit of a man - i. e. after the usual and ordinary cubit, counted as people are accustomed to count. Taking 18 inches to the cubit, the bedstead or sarcophagus would thus be from thirteen to fourteen feet long.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:11: giants: Gen 14:5
Rabbath: Sa2 12:26; Jer 49:2; Eze 21:20; Amo 1:14, Rabbah
nine cubits: Sa1 17:4; Amo 2:9
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
3:11
Even in Abraham's time, the giant tribe of Rephaim was living in Bashan (Gen 14:5). But out of the remnant of these, king Og, whom the Israelites defeated and slew, was the only one left. For the purpose of recalling the greatness of the grace of God that had been manifested in that victory, and not merely to establish the credibility of the statements concerning the size of Og ("just as things belonging to an age that has long passed away are shown to be credible by their remains," Spinoza, etc.), Moses points to the iron bed of this king, which was still in Rabbath-Ammon, and was nine cubits long and four broad, "after the cubit of a man," i.e., the ordinary cubit in common use (see the analogous expression, "a man's pen," Is 8:1). הלה, for הלא, synonymous with הנּה. There is nothing to amaze is in the size of the bed or bedstead given here. The ordinary Hebrew cubit was only a foot and a half, probably only eighteen Dresden inches (see my Archologie, ii. p. 126, Anm. 4). Now a bed is always larger than the man who sleeps in it. But in this case Clericus fancies that Og "intentionally exceeded the necessary size, in order that posterity might be led to draw more magnificent conclusions from the size of the bed, as to the stature of the man who was accustomed to sleep in it." He also refers to the analogous case of Alexander the Great, of whom Diod. Sic. (xvii. 95) affirms, that whenever he was obliged to halt on his march to India, he made colossal arrangements of all kinds, causing, among other things, two couches to be prepared in the tents for every foot-soldier, each five cubits long, and two stalls for every horseman, twice as large as the ordinary size, "to represent a camp of heroes, and leave striking memorials behind for the inhabitants of the land, of gigantic men and their supernatural strength." With a similar intention Og may also have left behind him a gigantic bed as a memorial of his superhuman greatness, on the occasion of some expedition of his against the Ammonites; and this bed may have been preserved in their capital as a proof of the greatness of their foe.
(Note: "It will often be found, that very tall people are disposed to make themselves appear even taller than they actually are" (Hengstenberg, Diss. ii. p. 201). Moreover, there are still giants who are eight feet high and upwards. "According to the N. Preuss. Zeit. of 1857, there came a man to Berlin 8 feet 4 inches high, and possibly still growing, as he was only twenty years old; and he was said to have a great-uncle who was nine inches taller" (Schultz).)
Moses might then refer to this gigantic bed of Og, which was known to the Israelites; and there is no reason for resorting to the improbable conjecture, that the Ammonites had taken possession of a bed of king Og upon some expedition against the Amorites, and had carried it off as a trophy to their capital.
(Note: There is still less probability in the conjecture of J. D. Michaelis, Vater, Winer, and others, that Og's iron bed was a sarcophagus of basalt, such as are still frequently met with in those regions, as much as 9 feet long and 3 1/2 feet broad, or even as much as 12 feet long and 6 feet in breadth and height (vid., Burckhardt, pp. 220, 246; Robinson, iii. p. 385; Seetzen, i. pp. 355, 360); and the still further assumption, that the corpse of the fallen king was taken to Rabbah, and there interred in a royal way, is altogether improbable.)
"Rabbath of the sons of Ammon," or briefly Rabbah, i.e., the great (Josh 13:25; 2Kings 11:1), was the capital of the Ammonites, afterwards called Philadelphia, probably from Ptolemaeus Philadelphus; by Polybius, Ῥαββατάμανα; by Abulfeda, Ammn, which is the name still given to the uninhabited ruins on the Nahr Ammn, i.e., the upper Jabbok (see Burckhardt, pp. 612ff. and v. Raumer, Pal. p. 268).
Geneva 1599
3:11 For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; behold, his (d) bedstead [was] a bedstead of iron; [is] it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? nine cubits [was] the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man.
(d) The more terrible this giant was, the greater reason they had to glorify God for the victory.
John Gill
3:11 For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants,.... The meaning seems to be, either that he was the only one that was left of the race of the giants the Ammonites found when they took possession of this country, Deut 2:20 or that was left when the Amorites took it from the Ammonites; and who having by some means or other ingratiated himself into their affections, because of his stature, strength, and courage, and other qualifications they might discern in him, made him their king:
behold, his bedstead was a bedstead of iron: his body being so large and bulky, he might think it most proper and safest for him to have a bedstead made of iron to lie upon, or to prevent noxious insects harbouring in it; nor was it unusual to have bedsteads made of other materials than wood, as of gold, silver, and ivory; See Gill on Amos 6:4. Some learned men (r) have been of opinion, that the beds of Typho in Syria, made mention of by Homer (s), refer to this bedstead of Og:
is it not in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? which was the royal city of the Ammonites, in the times of David, 2Kings 12:26, now called Philadelphia, as Jerom says (t). This bedstead might be either sent thither by Og, before the battle at Edrei, for safety, or rather might be sold by the Israelites to the inhabitants of Rabbath, who kept it, as a great curiosity:
nine cubits was the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man; a common cubit, so that it was four yards and a half long, and two yards broad. Onkelos renders it, after the king's cubit; and the king's cubit at Babylon, according to Herodotus (u), was larger by three fingers than the common one; such as the cubit in Ezek 40:5, which was a cubit and an hand's breadth; and this makes the dimensions of the bedstead yet larger. And by this judgment may be made of the tallness of Og's stature, though this is not always a sure rule to go by; for Alexander, when in India, ordered his soldiers to make beds of five cubits long, to be left behind them, that they might be thought to be larger men than they were, as Diodorus Siculus (w) and Curtius (x) relate; but there is little reason to believe that Og's bedstead was made with such a view. Maimonides observes (y), that a bed in common is a third part larger than a man; so that Og, according to this way of reckoning, was six cubits high, and his stature doubly larger than a common man's; but less than a third part may well be allowed to a bed, which will make him taller still; the height of Og is reckoned by Wolfius (z) to be about thirteen feet eleven inches of Paris measure.
(r) Vid. Dickinson. Delph. Phaenieizant. c. 2. p. 12. (s) Iliad. z. (t) De loc. Heb. fol. 94. C. (u) Clio, sive, l. 1. c. 175. (w) Bibliothec. l. 17. p. 563. (x) Hist. l. 9. c. 3. (y) Moreh Nevochim, par. 2. c. 47. p. 325. (z) Apud Scheuchzer. Physic. Sacr. vol. 3. p. 401.
John Wesley
3:11 In Rabbath - Where it might now be, either because the Ammonites in some former battle with Og, had taken it as a spoil: or because after Og's death, the Ammonites desired to have this monument of his greatness, and the Israelites permitted them to carry it away to their chief city. Nine cubits - So his bed was four yards and an half long, and two yards broad.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:11 only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants--literally, "of Rephaim." He was not the last giant, but the only living remnant in the trans-jordanic country (Josh 15:14), of a certain gigantic race, supposed to be the most ancient inhabitants of Palestine.
behold, his bedstead was a bedstead of iron--Although beds in the East are with the common people nothing more than a simple mattress, bedsteads are not unknown. They are in use among the great, who prefer them of iron or other metals, not only for strength and durability, but for the prevention of the troublesome insects which in warm climates commonly infest wood. Taking the cubit at half a yard, the bedstead of Og would measure thirteen and a half feet, so that as beds are usually a little larger than the persons who occupy them, the stature of the Amorite king may be estimated at about eleven or twelve feet; or he might have caused his bed to be made much larger than was necessary, as Alexander the Great did for each of his foot soldiers, to impress the Indians with an idea of the extraordinary strength and stature of his men [LE CLERC]. But how did Og's bedstead come to be in Rabbath, of the children of Ammon? In answer to this question, it has been said, that Og had, on the eve of engagement, conveyed it to Rabbath for safety. Or it may be that Moses, after capturing it, may have sold it to the Ammonites, who had kept it as an antiquarian curiosity till their capital was sacked in the time of David. This is a most unlikely supposition, and besides renders it necessary to consider the latter clause of this verse as an interpolation inserted long after the time of Moses. To avoid this, some eminent critics take the Hebrew word rendered "bedstead" to mean "coffin." They think that the king of Bashan having been wounded in battle, fled to Rabbath, where he died and was buried; hence the dimensions of his "coffin" are given [DATHE, ROOS].
3:123:12: Եւ զերկիրն զայն ժառանգեցաք ՚ի ժամանակի յայնմիկ, յԱրոերայ որ է առ եզերբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ։ Եւ զկէս ձորոյն Գաղաադու եւ զքաղաքս նորա ետու Ռուբինի եւ Գադայ[1668]. [1668] Ոմանք. Եւ զերկիրն զայն ժառանգեցէք ՚ի։
12 «Այդ երկիրն այն ժամանակ ժառանգեցինք Առնոնի ձորի եզերքում գտնուող Արոյերից սկսած: Գաղաադի ձորի կէսն ու նրա քաղաքները տուեցի Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերին:
12 Երբ առինք երկիրը, Առնոն ձորին վրայ եղող Արոէրէն մինչեւ Գաղաադ լերանը կէսը՝ իր քաղաքներովը Ռուբէնեաններուն ու Գադեաններուն տուի։
Եւ զերկիրն զայն ժառանգեցաք ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ յԱրոյերայ որ է առ եզերբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ, [54] եւ զկէս ձորոյն`` Գաղաադու եւ զքաղաքս նորա ետու Ռուբենի եւ Գադայ:

3:12: Եւ զերկիրն զայն ժառանգեցաք ՚ի ժամանակի յայնմիկ, յԱրոերայ որ է առ եզերբ ձորոյն Առնովնայ։ Եւ զկէս ձորոյն Գաղաադու եւ զքաղաքս նորա ետու Ռուբինի եւ Գադայ[1668].
[1668] Ոմանք. Եւ զերկիրն զայն ժառանգեցէք ՚ի։
12 «Այդ երկիրն այն ժամանակ ժառանգեցինք Առնոնի ձորի եզերքում գտնուող Արոյերից սկսած: Գաղաադի ձորի կէսն ու նրա քաղաքները տուեցի Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերին:
12 Երբ առինք երկիրը, Առնոն ձորին վրայ եղող Արոէրէն մինչեւ Գաղաադ լերանը կէսը՝ իր քաղաքներովը Ռուբէնեաններուն ու Գադեաններուն տուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1212: Землю сию взяли мы в то время начиная от Ароера, который у потока Арнона; и половину горы Галаада с городами ее отдал я [колену] Рувимову и Гадову;
3:12 καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἐκείνην εκεινος that ἐκληρονομήσαμεν κληρονομεω inherit; heir ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that ἀπὸ απο from; away Αροηρ αροηρ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἐπὶ επι in; on τοῦ ο the χείλους χειλος lip; shore χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even τὸ ο the ἥμισυ ημισυς half ὄρους ορος mountain; mount Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even τὰς ο the πόλεις πολις city αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἔδωκα διδωμι give; deposit τῷ ο the Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
3:12 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֧רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֛את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this יָרַ֖שְׁנוּ yārˌašnû ירשׁ trample down בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she מֵ mē מִן from עֲרֹעֵ֞ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹ֗ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon וַ wa וְ and חֲצִ֤י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half הַֽר־ hˈar- הַר mountain הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and עָרָ֔יו ʕārˈāʸw עִיר town נָתַ֕תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give לָ lā לְ to † הַ the רֻֽאוּבֵנִ֖י rˈuʔûvēnˌî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to † הַ the גָּדִֽי׃ ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite
3:12. terramque possedimus in tempore illo ab Aroer quae est super ripam torrentis Arnon usque ad mediam partem montis Galaad et civitates illius dedi Ruben et GadAnd we possessed the land at that time from Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, unto the half of mount Galaad: and I gave the cities thereof to Ruben and Gad.
12. And this land we took in possession at that time: from Aroer, which is by the valley of Arnon, and half the hill country of Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites:
3:12. And we possessed the land, at that time, from Aroer, which is above the bank of the torrent Arnon, as far as the middle of Mount Gilead. And I gave its cities to Ruben and Gad.
3:12. And this land, [which] we possessed at that time, from Aroer, which [is] by the river Arnon, and half mount Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites.
And this land, [which] we possessed at that time, from Aroer, which [is] by the river Arnon, and half mount Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites:

12: Землю сию взяли мы в то время начиная от Ароера, который у потока Арнона; и половину горы Галаада с городами ее отдал я [колену] Рувимову и Гадову;
3:12
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἐκείνην εκεινος that
ἐκληρονομήσαμεν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
ἀπὸ απο from; away
Αροηρ αροηρ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τοῦ ο the
χείλους χειλος lip; shore
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους and; even
τὸ ο the
ἥμισυ ημισυς half
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
τὰς ο the
πόλεις πολις city
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἔδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
τῷ ο the
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
3:12
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֧רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֛את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
יָרַ֖שְׁנוּ yārˌašnû ירשׁ trample down
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֣ת ʕˈēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִ֑וא hˈiw הִיא she
מֵ מִן from
עֲרֹעֵ֞ר ʕᵃrōʕˈēr עֲרֹועֵר Aroer
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹ֗ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon
וַ wa וְ and
חֲצִ֤י ḥᵃṣˈî חֲצִי half
הַֽר־ hˈar- הַר mountain
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָרָ֔יו ʕārˈāʸw עִיר town
נָתַ֕תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
לָ לְ to
הַ the
רֻֽאוּבֵנִ֖י rˈuʔûvēnˌî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
גָּדִֽי׃ ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite
3:12. terramque possedimus in tempore illo ab Aroer quae est super ripam torrentis Arnon usque ad mediam partem montis Galaad et civitates illius dedi Ruben et Gad
And we possessed the land at that time from Aroer, which is upon the bank of the torrent Arnon, unto the half of mount Galaad: and I gave the cities thereof to Ruben and Gad.
3:12. And we possessed the land, at that time, from Aroer, which is above the bank of the torrent Arnon, as far as the middle of Mount Gilead. And I gave its cities to Ruben and Gad.
3:12. And this land, [which] we possessed at that time, from Aroer, which [is] by the river Arnon, and half mount Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
12: Allotment of the Conquered Lands.B. C. 1451.
12 And this land, which we possessed at that time, from Aroer, which is by the river Arnon, and half mount Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites. 13 And the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, being the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half tribe of Manasseh; all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, which was called the land of giants. 14 Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob unto the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi; and called them after his own name, Bashan-havoth-jair, unto this day. 15 And I gave Gilead unto Machir. 16 And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the river Arnon half the valley, and the border even unto the river Jabbok, which is the border of the children of Ammon; 17 The plain also, and Jordan, and the coast thereof, from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the plain, even the salt sea, under Ashdoth-pisgah eastward. 18 And I commanded you at that time, saying, The LORD your God hath given you this land to possess it: ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all that are meet for the war. 19 But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle, (for I know that ye have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you; 20 Until the LORD have given rest unto your brethren, as well as unto you, and until they also possess the land which the LORD your God hath given them beyond Jordan: and then shall ye return every man unto his possession, which I have given you.
Having shown how this country which they were now in was conquered, in these verses he shows how it was settled upon the Reubenites, Gadites, and half the tribe of Manasseh, which we had the story of before, Num. xxxii. Here is the rehearsal. 1. Moses specifies the particular parts of the country that were allotted to each tribe, especially the distribution of the lot to the half tribe of Manasseh, the subdividing of which tribe is observable. Joseph was divided into Ephraim and Manasseh; Manasseh was divided into one half on the one side Jordan and the other half on the other side: that on the east side Jordan was again divided into two great families, which had their several allotments: Jair, v. 14, Machir, v. 15. And perhaps Jacob's prediction of the smallness of that tribe was now accomplished in these divisions and subdivisions. Observe that Bashan is here called the land of the giants, because it had been in their possession, but Og was the last of them. These giants, it seems, had lost their country, and were rooted out of it sooner than any of their neighbours; for those who, presuming upon their strength and stature, had their hand against every man, had every man's hand against them, and went down slain to the pit, though they were the terror of the mighty in the land of the living. 2. He repeats the condition of the grant which they had already agreed to, v. 18-20. That they should send a strong detachment over Jordan to lead the van in the conquest of Canaan, who should not return to their families, at least not to settle (though for a time they might retire thither into winter quarters, at the end of a campaign), till they had seen their brethren in as full possession of their respective allotments as they themselves were now in of theirs. They must hereby be taught not to look at their own things only, but at the things of others, Phil. ii. 4. It ill becomes an Israelite to be selfish, and to prefer any private interest before the public welfare. When we are rest we should desire to see our brethren at rest too, and should be ready to do what we can towards it; for we are not born for ourselves, but are members one of another. A good man cannot rejoice much in the comforts of his family unless withal he sees peace upon Israel, Ps. cxxviii. 6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:12: from Aroer: Deu 2:36, Deu 4:48; Num 32:33-38; Jos 12:2-6, Jos 13:8-12, Jos 13:14-28; Kg2 10:33
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
3:12
Rev_iew of the Distribution of the Conquered Land. - The land which the Israelites had taken belonging to these two kingdoms was given by Moses to the two tribes and a half for their possession, viz., the southern portion from Aroer in the Arnon valley (see at Num 32:34), and half Gilead (as far as the Jabbok: see at Deut 3:10) with its towns, which are enumerated in Josh 13:15-20 and Josh 13:24-28, to the Reubenites and Gadites; and the northern half of Gilead, with the whole of Bashan (i.e., all the region of Argob: see at Deut 3:4, and Num 32:33), to the half-tribe of Manasseh. לכל־הבּשׁן, "as for all Bashan," is in apposition to "all the region of Argob," and the ל simply serves to connect it; for "all the region of Argob" was not merely one portion of Bashan, but was identical with "all Bashan," so far as it belonged to the kingdom of Og (see at v. 4). All this region passed for a land of giants. הקּרא, to be called, i.e., to be, and to be recognised as being.
John Gill
3:12 And this land, which we possessed at that time,.... Or took possession of, having conquered it; for it still remained in their possession:
from Aroer, which is by the river Arnon: on the borders of Moab, from thence as far as Gilead was the land which was taken from Sihon king of Heshbon, Deut 2:36.
and half Mount Gilead, and the cities thereof: which were taken from Og king of Bashan, Deut 3:10.
gave I unto the Reubenites, and to the Gadites; at their request, on certain conditions to be performed by them, afterwards repeated.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:12 this land, which we possessed at that time, from Aroer . . . gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites--The whole territory occupied by Sihon was parcelled out among the pastoral tribes of Reuben and Gad. It extended from the north bank of the Arnon to the south half of mount Gilead--a small mountain ridge, now called Djelaad, about six or seven miles south of the Jabbok, and eight miles in length. The northern portion of Gilead and the rich pasture lands of Bashan--a large province, consisting, with the exception of a few bleak and rocky spots, of strong and fertile soil--was assigned to the half-tribe of Manasseh.
3:133:13: եւ զաւելորդն Գաղաադու եւ զամենայն Բասան՝ զթագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ՝ ետու կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի. եւ զամենայն գաւառն Արբովկայ, եւ զամենայն Բասանն, որ երկիր Ռափայնոցն համարիցի[1669]։ [1669] Օրինակ մի. Որ է երկիր Ռափայ ՚ի նո՛յն համարիցի։
13 Գաղաադի մնացած մասն ու ամբողջ Բասանը՝ Օգի թագաւորութիւնը, նաեւ Արգոբի ամբողջ գաւառն ու ամբողջ Բասանը, որը ռափայինեանների երկիր էր համարւում, տուեցի Մանասէի կէս ցեղին:
13 Գաղաադի մնացած մասը ու բոլոր Բասանը՝ այսինքն Ովգին թագաւորութիւնն ու բոլոր Արգովբի գաւառը, բոլոր Բասանին հետ, որ հսկաներու երկիր կը կոչուէր՝ Մանասէին ցեղին տուի։
եւ զաւելորդն Գաղաադու եւ զամենայն Բասան, զթագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ, ետու կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի, եւ զամենայն գաւառն Արգովբայ եւ զամենայն Բասանն, որ երկիր [55]Ռափայնոցն համարիցի:

3:13: եւ զաւելորդն Գաղաադու եւ զամենայն Բասան՝ զթագաւորութիւնն Ովգայ՝ ետու կիսոյ ցեղին Մանասէի. եւ զամենայն գաւառն Արբովկայ, եւ զամենայն Բասանն, որ երկիր Ռափայնոցն համարիցի[1669]։
[1669] Օրինակ մի. Որ է երկիր Ռափայ ՚ի նո՛յն համարիցի։
13 Գաղաադի մնացած մասն ու ամբողջ Բասանը՝ Օգի թագաւորութիւնը, նաեւ Արգոբի ամբողջ գաւառն ու ամբողջ Բասանը, որը ռափայինեանների երկիր էր համարւում, տուեցի Մանասէի կէս ցեղին:
13 Գաղաադի մնացած մասը ու բոլոր Բասանը՝ այսինքն Ովգին թագաւորութիւնն ու բոլոր Արգովբի գաւառը, բոլոր Բասանին հետ, որ հսկաներու երկիր կը կոչուէր՝ Մանասէին ցեղին տուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1313: а остаток Галаада и весь Васан, царство Ога, отдал я половине колена Манассиина, всю область Аргов со всем Васаном.
3:13 καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the κατάλοιπον καταλοιπος left behind τοῦ ο the Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the Βασαν βασαν realm; kingdom Ωγ ωγ give; deposit τῷ ο the ἡμίσει ημισυς half φυλῆς φυλη tribe Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis καὶ και and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every περίχωρον περιχωρος surrounding territory Αργοβ αργοβ all; every τὴν ο the Βασαν βασαν that γῆ γη earth; land Ραφαϊν ραφαιν account; count
3:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and יֶ֨תֶר yˌeṯer יֶתֶר remainder הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָ֤ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁן֙ bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan מַמְלֶ֣כֶת mamlˈeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom עֹ֔וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og נָתַ֕תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give לַ la לְ to חֲצִ֖י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half שֵׁ֣בֶט šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod הַֽ hˈa הַ the מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh כֹּ֣ל kˈōl כֹּל whole חֶ֤בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord הָֽ hˈā הַ the אַרְגֹּב֙ ʔargˌōv אַרְגֹּב Argob לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan הַ ha הַ the ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he יִקָּרֵ֖א yiqqārˌē קרא call אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth רְפָאִֽים׃ rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim
3:13. reliquam autem partem Galaad et omnem Basan regni Og tradidi mediae tribui Manasse omnem regionem Argob cuncta Basan vocatur terra gigantumAnd I delivered the other part of Galaad, and all Basan the kingdom of Og to the half tribe of Manasses, all the country of Argob: and all Basan is called the Land of giants.
13. and the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half tribe of Manasseh; all the region of Argob, even all Bashan. ( The same is called the land of Rephaim.
3:13. Then I delivered the remaining part of Gilead, and all of Bashan, the kingdom of Og, which is the entire region of Argob, to one half of the tribe of Manasseh. And all of Bashan is called the land of the giants.
3:13. And the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, [being] the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half tribe of Manasseh; all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, which was called the land of giants.
And the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, [being] the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half tribe of Manasseh; all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, which was called the land of giants:

13: а остаток Галаада и весь Васан, царство Ога, отдал я половине колена Манассиина, всю область Аргов со всем Васаном.
3:13
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
κατάλοιπον καταλοιπος left behind
τοῦ ο the
Γαλααδ γαλααδ and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
Βασαν βασαν realm; kingdom
Ωγ ωγ give; deposit
τῷ ο the
ἡμίσει ημισυς half
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
περίχωρον περιχωρος surrounding territory
Αργοβ αργοβ all; every
τὴν ο the
Βασαν βασαν that
γῆ γη earth; land
Ραφαϊν ραφαιν account; count
3:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יֶ֨תֶר yˌeṯer יֶתֶר remainder
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָ֤ד ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁן֙ bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
מַמְלֶ֣כֶת mamlˈeḵeṯ מַמְלֶכֶת kingdom
עֹ֔וג ʕˈôḡ עֹוג Og
נָתַ֕תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
לַ la לְ to
חֲצִ֖י ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half
שֵׁ֣בֶט šˈēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
כֹּ֣ל kˈōl כֹּל whole
חֶ֤בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אַרְגֹּב֙ ʔargˌōv אַרְגֹּב Argob
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁ֔ן bbāšˈān בָּשָׁן Bashan
הַ ha הַ the
ה֥וּא hˌû הוּא he
יִקָּרֵ֖א yiqqārˌē קרא call
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
רְפָאִֽים׃ rᵊfāʔˈîm רְפָאִים Rephaim
3:13. reliquam autem partem Galaad et omnem Basan regni Og tradidi mediae tribui Manasse omnem regionem Argob cuncta Basan vocatur terra gigantum
And I delivered the other part of Galaad, and all Basan the kingdom of Og to the half tribe of Manasses, all the country of Argob: and all Basan is called the Land of giants.
3:13. Then I delivered the remaining part of Gilead, and all of Bashan, the kingdom of Og, which is the entire region of Argob, to one half of the tribe of Manasseh. And all of Bashan is called the land of the giants.
3:13. And the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, [being] the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half tribe of Manasseh; all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, which was called the land of giants.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:13: the rest: Num 32:39-42; Jos 13:29-32; Ch1 5:23-26
which was called: Michaelis says, "The tradition that giants formerly dwelt in this part, still remains in Arabia, only that it makes them rather taller than Moses does Og, and calls the land in which they lived, not Bashan, but Hadrach, which name occurs in Zac 9:1. I received this information from the verbal communication of a credible Arab, who was born on the other side of Jordan, about three-days journey from Damascus.
John Gill
3:13 And the rest of Gilead,.... The other half of the mount, with the cities belonging to it:
and all Bashan, being the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half tribe of Manasseh; see Num 32:33.
all the region of Argob, with all Bashan; the region of Trachonitis, in Bashan; see Deut 3:4,
which was called the land of giants; or of Rephaim; this Jarchi says is the country of the Rephaim given to Abraham, Gen 15:20.
3:143:14: Եւ Յայիր՝ որդի Մանասէի ա՛ռ զամենայն գաւառն Արբովկայ մինչեւ ցսահմանս Գարգասեայ եւ Ոմքատեայ. եւ անուանեաց զնա յիւր անուն, զԲասան՝ Աւովթիէր, մինչեւ ցայսօր ժամանակի[1670]։ [1670] Ոմանք. Գաւառն Արգովբայ մինչեւ ՚ի սահմանսն Գարգասեայ եւ Ասքատեայ... զԲասան Առովթիէլ։
14 Մանասէի որդի Յայիրը գրաւեց Արգոբի ամբողջ գաւառը մինչեւ Գարգասիի ու Ոմքատիի սահմանները, եւ Բասանն այն իր անունով կոչեց Աւոթիեր, եւ մինչեւ այսօր էլ կոչւում է այդպէս:
14 Մանասեան Յայիրը բոլոր Արգովբի գաւառը առաւ մինչեւ Գեսուրացիներու ու Մաքաթացիներու սահմանը ու զանոնք իր անունովը մինչեւ այսօր Բասան–Հաւօթ–Յայիր* կոչեց։
Եւ Յայիր, որդի Մանասէի, ա՛ռ զամենայն գաւառն Արգովբայ մինչեւ ցսահմանս Գարգասեայ եւ Ոմքատեայ. եւ անուանեաց [56]զնա յիւր անուն զԲասան` Աւովթյայիր``, մինչեւ ցայսօր ժամանակի:

3:14: Եւ Յայիր՝ որդի Մանասէի ա՛ռ զամենայն գաւառն Արբովկայ մինչեւ ցսահմանս Գարգասեայ եւ Ոմքատեայ. եւ անուանեաց զնա յիւր անուն, զԲասան՝ Աւովթիէր, մինչեւ ցայսօր ժամանակի[1670]։
[1670] Ոմանք. Գաւառն Արգովբայ մինչեւ ՚ի սահմանսն Գարգասեայ եւ Ասքատեայ... զԲասան Առովթիէլ։
14 Մանասէի որդի Յայիրը գրաւեց Արգոբի ամբողջ գաւառը մինչեւ Գարգասիի ու Ոմքատիի սահմանները, եւ Բասանն այն իր անունով կոչեց Աւոթիեր, եւ մինչեւ այսօր էլ կոչւում է այդպէս:
14 Մանասեան Յայիրը բոլոր Արգովբի գաւառը առաւ մինչեւ Գեսուրացիներու ու Մաքաթացիներու սահմանը ու զանոնք իր անունովը մինչեւ այսօր Բասան–Հաւօթ–Յայիր* կոչեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1414: Иаир, сын Манассиин, взял всю область Аргов, до пределов Гесурских и Маахских, и назвал Васан, по имени своему, селениями Иаировыми, что и доныне;
3:14 καὶ και and; even Ιαϊρ ιαιρ son Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the περίχωρον περιχωρος surrounding territory Αργοβ αργοβ till; until τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier Γαργασι γαργασι and; even Ομαχαθι ομαχαθι named αὐτὰς αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τῷ ο the ὀνόματι ονομα name; notable αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him τὴν ο the Βασαν βασαν till; until τῆς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day ταύτης ουτος this; he
3:14 יָאִ֣יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh לָקַח֙ lāqˌaḥ לקח take אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole חֶ֣בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord אַרְגֹּ֔ב ʔargˈōv אַרְגֹּב Argob עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary הַ ha הַ the גְּשׁוּרִ֖י ggᵊšûrˌî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מַּֽעֲכָתִ֑י mmˈaʕᵃḵāṯˈî מַעֲכָתִי Maacathite וַ wa וְ and יִּקְרָא֩ yyiqrˌā קרא call אֹתָ֨ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon שְׁמֹ֤ו šᵊmˈô שֵׁם name אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the בָּשָׁן֙ bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan חַוֹּ֣ת ḥawwˈōṯ חַוָּה tent camp יָאִ֔יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
3:14. Iair filius Manasse possedit omnem regionem Argob usque ad terminos Gesuri et Machathi vocavitque ex nomine suo Basan Avothiair id est villas Iair usque in praesentem diemJair the son of Manasses possessed all the country of Argob unto the borders of Gessuri, and Machati. And he called Basan by his own name, Havoth Jair, that is to say, the towns of Jair, until this present day.
14. Jair the son of Manasseh took all the region of Argob, unto the border of the Geshurites and the Maacathites; and called them, even Bashan, after his own name, Havvoth-jair, unto this day.)
3:14. Jair, the son of Manasseh, possessed all the region of Argob, as far as the borders of Geshur and Maacath. And he called Bashan by his own name, Havvoth Jair, that is, the villages of Jair, even to the present day.
3:14. Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob unto the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi; and called them after his own name, Bashanhavothjair, unto this day.
Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob unto the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi; and called them after his own name, Bashan- havoth- jair, unto this day:

14: Иаир, сын Манассиин, взял всю область Аргов, до пределов Гесурских и Маахских, и назвал Васан, по имени своему, селениями Иаировыми, что и доныне;
3:14
καὶ και and; even
Ιαϊρ ιαιρ son
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
ἔλαβεν λαμβανω take; get
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
περίχωρον περιχωρος surrounding territory
Αργοβ αργοβ till; until
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
Γαργασι γαργασι and; even
Ομαχαθι ομαχαθι named
αὐτὰς αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῷ ο the
ὀνόματι ονομα name; notable
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
τὴν ο the
Βασαν βασαν till; until
τῆς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
ταύτης ουτος this; he
3:14
יָאִ֣יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
לָקַח֙ lāqˌaḥ לקח take
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
חֶ֣בֶל ḥˈevel חֶבֶל cord
אַרְגֹּ֔ב ʔargˈōv אַרְגֹּב Argob
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
הַ ha הַ the
גְּשׁוּרִ֖י ggᵊšûrˌî גְּשׁוּרִי Geshurite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מַּֽעֲכָתִ֑י mmˈaʕᵃḵāṯˈî מַעֲכָתִי Maacathite
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקְרָא֩ yyiqrˌā קרא call
אֹתָ֨ם ʔōṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
שְׁמֹ֤ו šᵊmˈô שֵׁם name
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
בָּשָׁן֙ bbāšˌān בָּשָׁן Bashan
חַוֹּ֣ת ḥawwˈōṯ חַוָּה tent camp
יָאִ֔יר yāʔˈîr יָאִיר Jair
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
3:14. Iair filius Manasse possedit omnem regionem Argob usque ad terminos Gesuri et Machathi vocavitque ex nomine suo Basan Avothiair id est villas Iair usque in praesentem diem
Jair the son of Manasses possessed all the country of Argob unto the borders of Gessuri, and Machati. And he called Basan by his own name, Havoth Jair, that is to say, the towns of Jair, until this present day.
3:14. Jair, the son of Manasseh, possessed all the region of Argob, as far as the borders of Geshur and Maacath. And he called Bashan by his own name, Havvoth Jair, that is, the villages of Jair, even to the present day.
3:14. Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob unto the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi; and called them after his own name, Bashanhavothjair, unto this day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:14: Bashan-havoth-jair - Bashan of the cities of Jair; see Num 32:41.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:14: These Geshurites held territory adjoining, if not included within, Bashan. They are not to be confounded with those mentioned in Jos 13:2, who were neighbors of the Philistines Sa1 17:8.
The exact position of Maachah like that of Geshur cannot be ascertained; but it was no doubt among the fastnesses which lay between Bashan and the kingdom of Damascus, and on the skirts of Mount Hermon.
Unto this day - This expression, like our "until now," does not, as used in the Bible, necessarily imply that the time spoken of as elapsed is long. It may here denote the duration to the time then present of that which had been already some months accomplished.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:14: Jair: Ch1 2:21-23
Argob: Deu 3:4
Geshuri: Jos 13:13; Sa2 3:3, Sa2 10:6, Sa2 13:37, Bashan-havoth-jair, Num 32:41
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
3:14
The region of Argob, or the country of Bashan, was given to Jair (see Num 32:41), as far as the territory of the Geshurites and Maachathites (cf. Josh 12:5; Josh 13:11). "Unto," as far as, is to be understood as inclusive. This is evident from the statement in Josh 13:13 : "The children of Israel expelled not the Geshurites nor the Maachathites; but the Geshurites and the Maachathites dwell among the Israelites until this day." Consequently Moses allotted the territory of these two tribes to the Manassites, because it formed part of the kingdom of Og. "Geshuri and Maachathi" are the inhabitants of Geshur and Maachah, two provinces which formed small independent kingdoms even in David's time (2Kings 3:3; 2Kings 13:37, and 2Kings 10:6). Geshur bordered on Aram. The Geshurites and Aramaeans afterwards took from the Israelites the Jair-towns and Kenath, with their daughter towns (1Chron 2:23). In David's time Geshur had a king Thalmai, whose daughter David married. This daughter was the mother of Absalom; and it was in Geshur that Absalom lived for a time in exile (2Kings 3:3; 2Kings 13:37; 2Kings 14:23; 2Kings 15:8). The exact situation of Geshur has not yet been determined. It was certainly somewhere near Hermon, on the eastern side of the upper Jordan, and by a bridge over the Jordan, as Geshur signifies bridge in all the Semitic dialects. Maachah, which is referred to in 1Chron 19:6 as a kingdom under the name of Aram-Maachah (Eng. V. Syria-Maachah), is probably to be sought for to the north-east of Geshur. According to the Onomast. (s. v. Μαχαθί), it was in the neighbourhood of the Hermon. "And he called them (the towns of the region of Argob) after his own name; Bashan (sc., he called) Havvoth Jair unto this day" (cf. Num 32:41). The word חוּת (Havvoth), which only occurs in connection with the Jair-towns, does not mean towns or camps of a particular kind, viz., tent villages, as some suppose, but is the plural of חוּה, life (Leben, a common German termination, e.g., Eisleben), for which afterwards the word חיּה was used (comp. 2Kings 23:13 with 1Chron 11:15). It applies to any kind of dwelling-place, being used in the passages just mentioned to denote even a warlike encampment. The Jair's-lives (Jairsleben) were not a particular class of towns, therefore, in the district of Argob, but Jair gave this collective name to all the sixty fortified towns, as is perfectly evident from the verse before us when compared with Deut 3:5 and Num 32:41, and expressly confirmed by Josh 13:30 and 3Kings 4:13, where the sixty fortified towns of the district of Argob are called Havvoth Jair. - The statement in 1Chron 2:22-23, that "Jair had twenty-three towns in Gilead (which is used here as in Deut 34:1; Josh 22:9; Josh 13:15; Judg 5:17; Judg 20:1, to denote the whole of Palestine to the east of the Jordan), and Geshur and Aram took the Havvoth Jair from them, (and) Kenath and its daughters, sixty towns (sc., in all)," is by no means at variance with this, but, on the contrary, in the most perfect harmony with it. For it is evident from this passage, that the twenty-three Havvoth Jair, with Kenath and its daughters, formed sixty towns altogether. The distinction between the twenty-three Havvoth Jair and the other thirty-seven towns, viz., Kenath and its daughters, is to be explained from the simple fact that, according to Num 32:42, Nobah, no doubt a family of sons of Machir related to Jair, conquered Kenath and its daughters, and called the conquered towns by his name, namely, when they had been allotted to him by Moses. Consequently Bashan, or the region of Argob, with its sixty fortified towns, was divided between two of the leading families of Machir the Manassite, viz., the families of Jair and Nobah, each family receiving the districts which it had conquered, together with their towns; namely, the family of Nobah, Kenath and its daughter towns, or the eastern portion of Bashan; and the family of Jair, twenty-three towns in the west, which are called Havvoth Jair in 1Chron 2:23, in harmony with Num 32:41, where Jair is said to have given this name to the towns which were conquered by him. In the address before us, however, in which Moses had no intention to enter into historical details, all the (sixty) towns of the whole district of Argob, or the whole of Bashan, are comprehended under the name of Havvoth Jair, probably because Nobah was a subordinate branch of the family of Jair, and the towns conquered by him were under the supremacy of Jair. The expression "unto this day" certainly does not point to a later period than the Mosaic age. This definition of time is simply a relative one. It does not necessarily presuppose a very long duration, and here it merely serves to bring out the marvellous change which was due to the divine grace, viz., that the sixty fortified towns of the giant king Og of Bashan had now become Jair's lives.
(Note: The conquest of these towns, in fact, does not seem to have been of long duration, and the possession of them by the Israelites was a very disputed one (cf. 1Chron 2:22-23). In the time of the judges we find thirty in the possession of the judge Jair (Judg 10:4), which caused the old name Havvoth Jair to be revived.)
Geneva 1599
3:14 Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob unto the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi; and called them after his own name, Bashanhavothjair, unto (e) this day.
(e) Meaning, when he wrote this history.
John Gill
3:14 Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob,.... Or Trachonitis; the small towns belonging to Gilead, as in Num 32:41.
unto the coasts of Geshuri and Maachathi; these were little kingdoms in Syria, on which the country of Argob bordered, and had kings over them in the time of David, and came not into the possession of the Israelites; see Josh 13:13.
and called them after his own name, Bashanhavothjair, unto this day; see Num 32:41.
John Wesley
3:14 Unto this day - This must be put among those passages which were not written by Moses, but added by those holy men, who digested the books of Moses into this order, and inserted some few passages to accommodate things to their own time and people.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:14 Jair the son of Manasseh took all the country of Argob--The original inhabitants of the province north of Bashan, comprising sixty cities (Deut 3:4), not having been extirpated along with Og, this people were afterwards brought into subjection by the energy of Jair. This chief, of the tribe of Manasseh, in accordance with the pastoral habits of his people, called these newly acquired towns by a name which signifies "Jair's Bedouin Villages of Tents."
unto this day--This remark must evidently have been introduced by Ezra, or some of the pious men who arranged and collected the books of Moses.
3:153:15: Եւ Մաքիրայ ետու զԳաղաադ.
15 Ես Մաքիրին տուեցի Գաղաադը,
15 Այսպէս Գաղաադը Մաքիրին տուի։
Եւ Մաքիրայ ետու զԳաղաադ:

3:15: Եւ Մաքիրայ ետու զԳաղաադ.
15 Ես Մաքիրին տուեցի Գաղաադը,
15 Այսպէս Գաղաադը Մաքիրին տուի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1515: Махиру дал я Галаад;
3:15 καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Μαχιρ μαχιρ give; deposit τὴν ο the Γαλααδ γαλααδ Galaad; Galaath
3:15 וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to מָכִ֖יר māḵˌîr מָכִיר Makir נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָֽד׃ ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
3:15. Machir quoque dedi GalaadTo Machir also I gave Galaad.
15. And I gave Gilead unto Machir.
3:15. Likewise, to Machir, I gave Gilead.
3:15. And I gave Gilead unto Machir.
And I gave Gilead unto Machir:

15: Махиру дал я Галаад;
3:15
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Μαχιρ μαχιρ give; deposit
τὴν ο the
Γαλααδ γαλααδ Galaad; Galaath
3:15
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מָכִ֖יר māḵˌîr מָכִיר Makir
נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָֽד׃ ggilʕˈāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
3:15. Machir quoque dedi Galaad
To Machir also I gave Galaad.
3:15. Likewise, to Machir, I gave Gilead.
3:15. And I gave Gilead unto Machir.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:15: Machir: Gen 50:23; Num 26:29, Num 32:39, Num 32:40; Jos 17:1-3, Jos 22:7
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
3:15
Machir received Gilead (see Num 32:40). - In Deut 3:16 and Deut 3:17 the possession of the tribes of Reuben and Gad is described more fully according to its boundaries. They received the land of Gilead (to the south of the Jabbok) as far as the brook Arnon, the middle of the valley and its territory. הנּחל תּוך is a more precise definition of ארנן נחל, expressive of the fact that the territory of these tribes was not to reach merely to the northern edge of the Arnon valley, but into the middle of it, viz., to the river Arnon, which flowed through the middle of the valley; and וּגבוּל (and the border) is an explanatory apposition to what goes before, as in Num 34:6, signifying, "viz., the border of the Arnon valley as far as the river." On the east, "even unto Jabbok the brook, the (western) border of the Ammonites" (i.e., as far as the upper Jabbok, the Nahr Ammn: see at Num 21:24); and on the west "The Arabah (the Ghor: see Deut 1:1) and the Jordan with territory" (i.e., with its eastern bank), "from Chinnereth" (i.e., the town from which the Sea of Galilee received the name of Sea of Chinnereth: Num 34:11; see at Josh 19:35) "to the sea of the Arabah, the Salt Sea under the slopes of Pisgah (see at Num 21:15 and Num 27:12) eastward" (i.e., merely the eastern side of the Arabah and Jordan). - In Deut 3:18-20 Moses reminds them of the conditions upon which he had given the two tribes and a half the land referred to for their inheritance (cf. Num 32:20-32).
John Gill
3:15 And I gave Gilead unto Machir. The son of Manasseh; not to him personally, who cannot be thought to have been living at this time, but to his posterity, to the Machirites; see Num 32:40.
John Wesley
3:15 Gilead - That is, the half part of Gilead. To Machir - That is, unto the children of Machir, son of Manasseh, for Machir was now dead.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:15 I gave Gilead unto Machir--It was only the half of Gilead (Deut 3:12-13) which was given to the descendants of Machir, who was now dead.
3:163:16: եւ Ռուբինի եւ Գադայ ետու ՚ի Գաղաադէ, մինչեւ ՚ի ձորն Առնովնայ, ընդ մէջ ձորոյն սահման մինչեւ ցԱրբոկ, ձո՛րն սահման որդւոցն Ամոնայ[1671]. [1671] Ոմանք. Մինչեւ ցձորն Առնովնի, ընդ մէջ։ Ոմանք. Ձորն որ է սահման որդ՛՛։
16 իսկ Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերին տուեցի Գաղաադից մինչեւ Առնոնի ձորն ընկած երկիրը, որի սահմանն անցնում է ձորի միջով եւ հասնում մինչեւ Յաբոկ: Ձորը ամոնացիների սահմանն է:
16 Գաղաադէն մինչեւ Առնոն ձորը, (այսինքն ձորին մէջտեղը, որ սահմանն է,) ու մինչեւ Ամմոնի որդիներուն սահմանը եղած Յաբոկ ձորը, Ռուբէնեաններուն ու Գադեաններուն տուի,
Եւ Ռուբենի եւ Գադայ ետու ի Գաղաադէ մինչեւ ի ձորն Առնովնայ, ընդ մէջ ձորոյն` սահման մինչեւ ցՅաբովկ, ձորն սահման որդւոցն Ամոնայ:

3:16: եւ Ռուբինի եւ Գադայ ետու ՚ի Գաղաադէ, մինչեւ ՚ի ձորն Առնովնայ, ընդ մէջ ձորոյն սահման մինչեւ ցԱրբոկ, ձո՛րն սահման որդւոցն Ամոնայ[1671].
[1671] Ոմանք. Մինչեւ ցձորն Առնովնի, ընդ մէջ։ Ոմանք. Ձորն որ է սահման որդ՛՛։
16 իսկ Ռուբէնի ու Գադի ցեղերին տուեցի Գաղաադից մինչեւ Առնոնի ձորն ընկած երկիրը, որի սահմանն անցնում է ձորի միջով եւ հասնում մինչեւ Յաբոկ: Ձորը ամոնացիների սահմանն է:
16 Գաղաադէն մինչեւ Առնոն ձորը, (այսինքն ձորին մէջտեղը, որ սահմանն է,) ու մինչեւ Ամմոնի որդիներուն սահմանը եղած Յաբոկ ձորը, Ռուբէնեաններուն ու Գադեաններուն տուի,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1616: а [колену] Рувимову и Гадову дал от Галаада до потока Арнона, [землю] между потоком и пределом, до потока Иавока, предела сынов Аммоновых,
3:16 καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the Γαλααδ γαλααδ till; until χειμάρρου χειμαρρους in the midst; in the middle τοῦ ο the χειμάρρου χειμαρρους frontier καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until τοῦ ο the Ιαβοκ ιαβοκ the χειμάρρους χειμαρρους frontier τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Αμμαν αμμαν Amman
3:16 וְ wᵊ וְ and לָ lā לְ to † הַ the רֻאוּבֵנִ֨י ruʔûvēnˌî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to † הַ the גָּדִ֜י ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi אַרְנֹ֔ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon תֹּ֥וךְ tˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the נַּ֖חַל nnˌaḥal נַחַל wadi וּ û וְ and גְבֻ֑ל ḡᵊvˈul גְּבוּל boundary וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד֙ ʕˌaḏ עַד unto יַבֹּ֣ק yabbˈōq יַבֹּק Jabbok הַ ha הַ the נַּ֔חַל nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi גְּב֖וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son עַמֹּֽון׃ ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
3:16. et tribubus Ruben et Gad dedi terram Galaad usque ad torrentem Arnon medium torrentis et finium usque ad torrentem Ieboc qui est terminus filiorum AmmonAnd to the tribes of Ruben and Gad I gave of the land of Galaad as far as the torrent Arnon, half the torrent, and the confines even unto the torrent Jeboc, which is the border of the children of Ammon:
16. And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the valley of Arnon, the middle of the valley, and the border ; even unto the river Jabbok, which is the border of the children of Ammon;
3:16. And to the tribes of Ruben and Gad, I gave from the land of Gilead as far as the torrent Arnon, one half of the torrent and its confines, even to the torrent Jabbok, which is along the border of the sons of Ammon,
3:16. And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the river Arnon half the valley, and the border even unto the river Jabbok, [which is] the border of the children of Ammon;
And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the river Arnon half the valley, and the border even unto the river Jabbok, [which is] the border of the children of Ammon:

16: а [колену] Рувимову и Гадову дал от Галаада до потока Арнона, [землю] между потоком и пределом, до потока Иавока, предела сынов Аммоновых,
3:16
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
Γαλααδ γαλααδ till; until
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους in the midst; in the middle
τοῦ ο the
χειμάρρου χειμαρρους frontier
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
τοῦ ο the
Ιαβοκ ιαβοκ the
χειμάρρους χειμαρρους frontier
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Αμμαν αμμαν Amman
3:16
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לָ לְ to
הַ the
רֻאוּבֵנִ֨י ruʔûvēnˌî רְאוּבֵנִי Reubenite
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
גָּדִ֜י ggāḏˈî גָּדִי Gadite
נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְעָד֙ ggilʕˌāḏ גִּלְעָד Gilead
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
נַ֣חַל nˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
אַרְנֹ֔ן ʔarnˈōn אַרְנֹון Arnon
תֹּ֥וךְ tˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
נַּ֖חַל nnˌaḥal נַחַל wadi
וּ û וְ and
גְבֻ֑ל ḡᵊvˈul גְּבוּל boundary
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד֙ ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
יַבֹּ֣ק yabbˈōq יַבֹּק Jabbok
הַ ha הַ the
נַּ֔חַל nnˈaḥal נַחַל wadi
גְּב֖וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
עַמֹּֽון׃ ʕammˈôn עַמֹּון Ammon
3:16. et tribubus Ruben et Gad dedi terram Galaad usque ad torrentem Arnon medium torrentis et finium usque ad torrentem Ieboc qui est terminus filiorum Ammon
And to the tribes of Ruben and Gad I gave of the land of Galaad as far as the torrent Arnon, half the torrent, and the confines even unto the torrent Jeboc, which is the border of the children of Ammon:
3:16. And to the tribes of Ruben and Gad, I gave from the land of Gilead as far as the torrent Arnon, one half of the torrent and its confines, even to the torrent Jabbok, which is along the border of the sons of Ammon,
3:16. And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the river Arnon half the valley, and the border even unto the river Jabbok, [which is] the border of the children of Ammon;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:16: The sense is that the Reubenites and Gadites were to possess the district from the Jabbok on the north to the Arnon on the south, including the middle part of the valley of the Arnon, and the territory ("coast" or "border") thereto pertaining.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:16: Reubenites: Num 32:33-38; Sa2 24:5
river Jabbok: Deu 2:37; Gen 32:22; Num 21:24; Jos 12:2, Jos 12:3
Geneva 1599
3:16 And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the river Arnon half the valley, and the border even unto the river (f) Jabbok, [which is] the border of the children of Ammon;
(f) Which separates the Ammonites from the Amorites.
John Gill
3:16 And unto the Reubenites, and unto the Gadites,.... The tribes of Reuben and Gad:
I gave from Gilead even unto the river Arnon: see Deut 3:12.
half the valley and the border; or rather half the river, the river Arnon; and so it is rendered "the middle of the river", in Josh 12:2 and so here the middle of the torrent by the Vulgate Latin and Septuagint versions, and by Onkelos:
even unto the river Jabbok, which is the border of the children of Ammon; beyond which the land given to the tribes of Reuben and Gad reached not; see Deut 2:37.
John Wesley
3:16 Half the valley - Or rather to the middle of the river: for the word rendered half signifies commonly middle, and the same Hebrew word means both a valley and a brook or river. And this sense is agreeable to the truth, that their land extended from Gilead unto Arnon, and, to speak exactly, to the middle of that river; for as that river was the border between them and others, so one half of it belonged to them, as the other half did to others, Josh 12:2. The same thing is expressed in the same words in the Hebrew which are here, though our translators render the self - same words there, from the middle of the river, which here they render, half of the valley. There the bounds of Sihon's kingdom, which was the same portion here mentioned as given to Reuben and Gad, are thus described, from Aroer, which is upon the bank of the river of Arnon, and from the middle of the river, and from half Gilead, even unto the river Jabbok, which is the border of the children of Ammon.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:16 from Gilead--that is, not the mountainous region, but the town Ramoth-gilead,
even unto the river Arnon half the valley--The word "valley" signifies a wady, either filled with water or dry, as the Arnon is in summer, and thus the proper rendering of the passage will be--"even to the half or middle of the river Arnon" (compare Josh 12:2). This prudent arrangement of the boundaries was evidently made to prevent all disputes between the adjacent tribes about the exclusive right to the water.
3:173:17: եւ Արաբիա, եւ Յորդանան սահման է նմա ՚ի Քենէրեթայ մինչեւ ցծովն Արաբիայ ծովն Աղի. յԱսեդովթայ յարեւելից Փասգայ[1672]։[1672] Ոմանք. Եւ Արաբայ, եւ Յորդանան սահման առ ՚ի Քանարաթայ, կամ՝ Քենարաթայ։
17 Արաբան ու Յորդանան գետը նրա սահմանն են Քեներեթից մինչեւ Արաբայի ծովը՝ Աղի ծովը, որը գտնւում է Փասգայից արեւելք՝ Ասեդոթում:
17 Նաեւ դաշտը՝ Յորդանանի սահմանովը Քեներեթէն մինչեւ դաշտային ծովը, այսինքն մինչեւ Աղի ծովը, արեւելեան կողմը եղած Ասեդովթ–Փասգայի տակ։
եւ [57]Արաբա, եւ Յորդանան սահման է նմա`` ի Քեներեթայ մինչեւ ցծովն [58]Արաբայ` ծովն Աղի յԱսեդովթայ յարեւելից Փասգայ:

3:17: եւ Արաբիա, եւ Յորդանան սահման է նմա ՚ի Քենէրեթայ մինչեւ ցծովն Արաբիայ ծովն Աղի. յԱսեդովթայ յարեւելից Փասգայ[1672]։
[1672] Ոմանք. Եւ Արաբայ, եւ Յորդանան սահման առ ՚ի Քանարաթայ, կամ՝ Քենարաթայ։
17 Արաբան ու Յորդանան գետը նրա սահմանն են Քեներեթից մինչեւ Արաբայի ծովը՝ Աղի ծովը, որը գտնւում է Փասգայից արեւելք՝ Ասեդոթում:
17 Նաեւ դաշտը՝ Յորդանանի սահմանովը Քեներեթէն մինչեւ դաշտային ծովը, այսինքն մինչեւ Աղի ծովը, արեւելեան կողմը եղած Ասեդովթ–Փասգայի տակ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1717: также равнину и Иордан, [который есть] и предел, от Киннерефа до моря равнины, моря Соленого, при подошве [горы] Фасги к востоку.
3:17 καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the Αραβα αραβα and; even ὁ ο the Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ὅριον οριον frontier Μαχαναρεθ μαχαναρεθ and; even ἕως εως till; until θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea Αραβα αραβα sea ἁλυκῆς αλυκος salty ὑπὸ υπο under; by Ασηδωθ ασηδωθ the Φασγα φασγα springing up; east
3:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֲרָבָ֖ה ʕᵃrāvˌā עֲרָבָה desert וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֣ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וּ û וְ and גְבֻ֑ל ḡᵊvˈul גְּבוּל boundary מִ mi מִן from כִּנֶּ֗רֶת kkinnˈereṯ כִּנֶּרֶת Kinnereth וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֨ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto יָ֤ם yˈom יָם sea הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֲרָבָה֙ ʕᵃrāvˌā עֲרָבָה desert יָ֣ם yˈom יָם sea הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֔לַח mmˈelaḥ מֶלַח salt תַּ֛חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת ʔašdˌōṯ אָשֵׁד slope הַ ha הַ the פִּסְגָּ֖ה ppisgˌā פִּסְגָּה Pisgah מִזְרָֽחָה׃ mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
3:17. et planitiem solitudinis atque Iordanem et terminos Chenereth usque ad mare Deserti quod est Salsissimum ad radices montis Phasga contra orientemAnd the plain of the wilderness, and the Jordan, and the borders of Cenereth unto the sea of the desert, which is the most salt sea, to the foot of mount Phasga eastward.
17. the Arabah also, and Jordan and the border , from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the Arabah, the Salt Sea, under the slopes of Pisgah eastward.
3:17. and the plain of the wilderness, as well as the Jordan, and the borders of Chinnereth, all the way to the sea of the desert, which is very salty, to the base of Mount Pisgah toward the east.
3:17. The plain also, and Jordan, and the coast [thereof], from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the plain, [even] the salt sea, under Ashdothpisgah eastward.
The plain also, and Jordan, and the coast [thereof], from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the plain, [even] the salt sea, under Ashdoth- pisgah eastward:

17: также равнину и Иордан, [который есть] и предел, от Киннерефа до моря равнины, моря Соленого, при подошве [горы] Фасги к востоку.
3:17
καὶ και and; even
ο the
Αραβα αραβα and; even
ο the
Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ὅριον οριον frontier
Μαχαναρεθ μαχαναρεθ and; even
ἕως εως till; until
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
Αραβα αραβα sea
ἁλυκῆς αλυκος salty
ὑπὸ υπο under; by
Ασηδωθ ασηδωθ the
Φασγα φασγα springing up; east
3:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֲרָבָ֖ה ʕᵃrāvˌā עֲרָבָה desert
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֣ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וּ û וְ and
גְבֻ֑ל ḡᵊvˈul גְּבוּל boundary
מִ mi מִן from
כִּנֶּ֗רֶת kkinnˈereṯ כִּנֶּרֶת Kinnereth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֨ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
יָ֤ם yˈom יָם sea
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֲרָבָה֙ ʕᵃrāvˌā עֲרָבָה desert
יָ֣ם yˈom יָם sea
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֔לַח mmˈelaḥ מֶלַח salt
תַּ֛חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת ʔašdˌōṯ אָשֵׁד slope
הַ ha הַ the
פִּסְגָּ֖ה ppisgˌā פִּסְגָּה Pisgah
מִזְרָֽחָה׃ mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
3:17. et planitiem solitudinis atque Iordanem et terminos Chenereth usque ad mare Deserti quod est Salsissimum ad radices montis Phasga contra orientem
And the plain of the wilderness, and the Jordan, and the borders of Cenereth unto the sea of the desert, which is the most salt sea, to the foot of mount Phasga eastward.
3:17. and the plain of the wilderness, as well as the Jordan, and the borders of Chinnereth, all the way to the sea of the desert, which is very salty, to the base of Mount Pisgah toward the east.
3:17. The plain also, and Jordan, and the coast [thereof], from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the plain, [even] the salt sea, under Ashdothpisgah eastward.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:17: From Chinnereth - See on Num 34:11 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:17: Chinnereth: Num 34:11; Jos 12:3
the sea: Deu 4:49; Gen 13:10, Gen 14:3, Gen 19:28, Gen 19:29; Num 34:11, Num 34:12; Jos 3:16, Jos 12:3, Jos 15:2, Jos 15:5; Jos 18:19
Ashdothpisgah: or, the springs of Pisgah, or, the hill, Num 23:14
John Gill
3:17 The plain also, and Jordan,.... The plain by Jordan, the plains of Moab on the side of it, together with the river:
and the coast thereof; the country adjoining to it:
from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the plain, even the salt sea; that is, from Gennesaret, as the Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan, called the land of Gennesaret, Mt 14:34, from thence to the sea of Sodom, the sea of the plain, where the cities of the plain stood, Sodom, Gomorrah, &c. and the salt sea, so called from the salt and nitrous waters of it, the lake Asphaltites:
under Ashdothpisgah eastward; mentioned among the cities given to the tribe of Reuben, Josh 13:20 rendered "the springs of Pisgah", Deut 4:49, the word having the signification of effusions, pourings out; so the Targums.
John Wesley
3:17 The plain - The low country towards Jordan. The sea of the plain - That is, that salt sea, which before that dreadful conflagration was a goodly plain.
3:183:18: Եւ պատուիրեցի՛ ձեզ ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ եւ ասեմ. Տէր Աստուած մեր ետ ձեզ զերկիրս զայս ՚ի վիճակ. վառեցարո՛ւք անցէ՛ք առաջի եղբարց ձերոց՝ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի ամենայն զօրաւոր[1673]։ [1673] Ոմանք. Առաջի երեսաց եղբարց ձերոց։
18 Այն ժամանակ ես ձեզ պատուիրեցի՝ ասելով. “Մեր Տէր Աստուածը այս երկիրը ձեզ տուեց որպէս ժառանգութիւն: Ձեզանից ով խիզախ է, թող սպառազինուի ու անցնի իր եղբայրների՝ իսրայէլացիների գլուխը:
18 Այն ատեն ձեզի պատուիրեցի ու ըսի. ‘Ձեր Տէր Աստուածը այս երկիրը ձեզի իբր ժառանգութիւն տուաւ. ուստի դուք ամէնքդ, որ կտրիճներ էք, զէնքերնիդ առէք ու Իսրայէլի որդիներուն՝ ձեր եղբայրներուն՝ առջեւ անցէք.
Եւ պատուիրեցի ձեզ ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ եւ ասեմ. Տէր Աստուած [59]մեր ետ ձեզ զերկիրս զայս ի վիճակ. վառեցարուք անցէք առաջի եղբարց ձերոց, որդւոցն Իսրայելի, ամենայն զօրաւոր:

3:18: Եւ պատուիրեցի՛ ձեզ ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ եւ ասեմ. Տէր Աստուած մեր ետ ձեզ զերկիրս զայս ՚ի վիճակ. վառեցարո՛ւք անցէ՛ք առաջի եղբարց ձերոց՝ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի ամենայն զօրաւոր[1673]։
[1673] Ոմանք. Առաջի երեսաց եղբարց ձերոց։
18 Այն ժամանակ ես ձեզ պատուիրեցի՝ ասելով. “Մեր Տէր Աստուածը այս երկիրը ձեզ տուեց որպէս ժառանգութիւն: Ձեզանից ով խիզախ է, թող սպառազինուի ու անցնի իր եղբայրների՝ իսրայէլացիների գլուխը:
18 Այն ատեն ձեզի պատուիրեցի ու ըսի. ‘Ձեր Տէր Աստուածը այս երկիրը ձեզի իբր ժառանգութիւն տուաւ. ուստի դուք ամէնքդ, որ կտրիճներ էք, զէնքերնիդ առէք ու Իսրայէլի որդիներուն՝ ձեր եղբայրներուն՝ առջեւ անցէք.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1818: И дал я вам в то время повеление, говоря: Господь, Бог ваш, дал вам землю сию во владение; все способные к войне, вооружившись, идите впереди братьев ваших, сынов Израилевых;
3:18 καὶ και and; even ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ὑμῖν υμιν you ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that λέγων λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ταύτην ουτος this; he ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment ἐνοπλισάμενοι ενοπλιζω travel forth; travel before πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of τῶν ο the ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother ὑμῶν υμων your υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel πᾶς πας all; every δυνατός δυνατος possible; able
3:18 וָ wā וְ and אֲצַ֣ו ʔᵃṣˈaw צוה command אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker] בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֗ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) נָתַ֨ן nāṯˌan נתן give לָכֶ֜ם lāḵˈem לְ to אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֤רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the זֹּאת֙ zzōṯ זֹאת this לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּ֔הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down חֲלוּצִ֣ים ḥᵃlûṣˈîm חלץ draw off תַּֽעַבְר֗וּ tˈaʕavrˈû עבר pass לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֛י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face אֲחֵיכֶ֥ם ʔᵃḥêḵˌem אָח brother בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son חָֽיִל׃ ḥˈāyil חַיִל power
3:18. praecepique vobis in tempore illo dicens Dominus Deus vester dat vobis terram hanc in hereditatem expediti praecedite fratres vestros filios Israhel omnes viri robustiAnd I commanded you at that time, saying: The Lord your God giveth you this land for an inheritance, go ye well appointed before your brethren the children of Israel, all the strong men of you.
18. And I commanded you at that time, saying, The LORD your God hath given you this land to possess it: ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all the men of valour.
3:18. And I instructed you at that time, saying: ‘The Lord your God gives to you this land as an inheritance. Having armed yourselves, go before your brothers, the sons of Israel, all you strong men.
3:18. And I commanded you at that time, saying, The LORD your God hath given you this land to possess it: ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all [that are] meet for the war.
And I commanded you at that time, saying, The LORD your God hath given you this land to possess it: ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all [that are] meet for the war:

18: И дал я вам в то время повеление, говоря: Господь, Бог ваш, дал вам землю сию во владение; все способные к войне, вооружившись, идите впереди братьев ваших, сынов Израилевых;
3:18
καὶ και and; even
ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ταύτην ουτος this; he
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
ἐνοπλισάμενοι ενοπλιζω travel forth; travel before
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
τῶν ο the
ἀδελφῶν αδελφος brother
ὑμῶν υμων your
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
πᾶς πας all; every
δυνατός δυνατος possible; able
3:18
וָ וְ and
אֲצַ֣ו ʔᵃṣˈaw צוה command
אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֗ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
נָתַ֨ן nāṯˌan נתן give
לָכֶ֜ם lāḵˈem לְ to
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֤רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּאת֙ zzōṯ זֹאת this
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּ֔הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
חֲלוּצִ֣ים ḥᵃlûṣˈîm חלץ draw off
תַּֽעַבְר֗וּ tˈaʕavrˈû עבר pass
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֛י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
אֲחֵיכֶ֥ם ʔᵃḥêḵˌem אָח brother
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּנֵי־ bᵊnê- בֵּן son
חָֽיִל׃ ḥˈāyil חַיִל power
3:18. praecepique vobis in tempore illo dicens Dominus Deus vester dat vobis terram hanc in hereditatem expediti praecedite fratres vestros filios Israhel omnes viri robusti
And I commanded you at that time, saying: The Lord your God giveth you this land for an inheritance, go ye well appointed before your brethren the children of Israel, all the strong men of you.
3:18. And I instructed you at that time, saying: ‘The Lord your God gives to you this land as an inheritance. Having armed yourselves, go before your brothers, the sons of Israel, all you strong men.
3:18. And I commanded you at that time, saying, The LORD your God hath given you this land to possess it: ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all [that are] meet for the war.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:18: I commanded: Num 32:20-24; Jos 1:12-15, Jos 4:12, Jos 4:13, Jos 22:1-9
meet for the war: Heb. sons of power
Geneva 1599
3:18 And I commanded (g) you at that time, saying, The LORD your God hath given you this land to possess it: ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all [that are] meet for the war.
(g) That is, the Reubenites, Gadites, and half Manasseh, as in (Num 32:32).
John Gill
3:18 And I commanded you at that time,.... Not all Israel, but the tribes of Reuben and God, and the half tribe of Manasseh; for what follows only concerns them:
saying, the Lord your God hath given you this land to possess it; the land before described, lately in the hands of Sihon and Og; this at their request Moses gave them, by the direction of the Lord, on the following condition:
you shall pass over armed before your brethren the children of Israel, all that are meet for the war; that is, they should pass over Jordan with the rest of the tribes, being armed to assist them in the conquest of Canaan: for this phrase, which we render "before your brethren", does not signify that they went in the forefront of them, only that they were present with them, and joined them in their war against their enemies; see Num 32:29 and therefore should be rendered "with your brethren" (a); even as many of them as were able to bear arms, at least as many as Joshua would choose to take of them; for he did not take them all by a great many; see Josh 4:13.
(a) "cum fratribus vestris", Noldius, p. 531, No. 1492.
John Wesley
3:18 You - Namely, the Reubenites and Gadites. All that are meet - In such number as your our brethren shall judge necessary. They were in all above an hundred thousand. Forty thousand of them went over Jordan before their brethren.
3:193:19: Բայց կանայք ձեր եւ մանկունք ձեր, եւ անասուն ձեր, գիտե՛մ զի անասուն բազում է ձեր, բնակեսցեն ՚ի քաղաքս ձեր՝ զոր ետու ձեզ,
19 Իսկ ձեր կանայք, երեխաները եւ անասունները (գիտեմ, որ շատ անասուն ունէք) թող բնակուեն ձեր այն քաղաքներում, որ ես տուել եմ ձեզ,
19 Բայց ձեր կիները, ձեր որդիներն ու ձեր անասունները, (որովհետեւ ձեր անասուններուն շատ ըլլալը գիտեմ,) թող մնան ձեր քաղաքներուն մէջ, որոնք ես ձեզի տուի,
բայց կանայք ձեր եւ մանկունք ձեր եւ անասուն ձեր, գիտեմ զի անասուն բազում է ձեր, բնակեսցեն ի քաղաքս ձեր զոր ետու ձեզ:

3:19: Բայց կանայք ձեր եւ մանկունք ձեր, եւ անասուն ձեր, գիտե՛մ զի անասուն բազում է ձեր, բնակեսցեն ՚ի քաղաքս ձեր՝ զոր ետու ձեզ,
19 Իսկ ձեր կանայք, երեխաները եւ անասունները (գիտեմ, որ շատ անասուն ունէք) թող բնակուեն ձեր այն քաղաքներում, որ ես տուել եմ ձեզ,
19 Բայց ձեր կիները, ձեր որդիներն ու ձեր անասունները, (որովհետեւ ձեր անասուններուն շատ ըլլալը գիտեմ,) թող մնան ձեր քաղաքներուն մէջ, որոնք ես ձեզի տուի,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:1919: только жены ваши и дети ваши и скот ваш пусть останутся в городах ваших, которые я дал вам,
3:19 πλὴν πλην besides; only αἱ ο the γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the τέκνα τεκνον child ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal ὑμῶν υμων your οἶδα οιδα aware ὅτι οτι since; that πολλὰ πολυς much; many κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal ὑμῖν υμιν you κατοικείτωσαν κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the πόλεσιν πολις city ὑμῶν υμων your αἷς ος who; what ἔδωκα διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you
3:19 רַ֠ק rˌaq רַק only נְשֵׁיכֶ֣ם nᵊšêḵˈem אִשָּׁה woman וְ wᵊ וְ and טַפְּכֶם֮ ṭappᵊḵem טַף [those unable to march] וּ û וְ and מִקְנֵכֶם֒ miqnēḵˌem מִקְנֶה purchase יָדַ֕עְתִּי yāḏˈaʕtî ידע know כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that מִקְנֶ֥ה miqnˌeh מִקְנֶה purchase רַ֖ב rˌav רַב much לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to יֵֽשְׁבוּ֙ yˈēšᵊvû ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עָ֣רֵיכֶ֔ם ʕˈārêḵˈem עִיר town אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֖תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
3:19. absque uxoribus et parvulis ac iumentis novi enim quod plura habeatis pecora et in urbibus remanere debebunt quas tradidi vobisLeaving your wives and children and cattle. For I know you have much cattle, and they must remain in the cities, which I have delivered to you.
19. But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle, ( I know that ye have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you;
3:19. Leave behind your wives and little ones, as well as the cattle. For I know that you have many cattle, and they should remain in the cities which I have delivered to you,
3:19. But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle, ([for] I know that ye have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you;
But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle, ([for] I know that ye have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you:

19: только жены ваши и дети ваши и скот ваш пусть останутся в городах ваших, которые я дал вам,
3:19
πλὴν πλην besides; only
αἱ ο the
γυναῖκες γυνη woman; wife
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
τέκνα τεκνον child
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
ὑμῶν υμων your
οἶδα οιδα aware
ὅτι οτι since; that
πολλὰ πολυς much; many
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
ὑμῖν υμιν you
κατοικείτωσαν κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
πόλεσιν πολις city
ὑμῶν υμων your
αἷς ος who; what
ἔδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
3:19
רַ֠ק rˌaq רַק only
נְשֵׁיכֶ֣ם nᵊšêḵˈem אִשָּׁה woman
וְ wᵊ וְ and
טַפְּכֶם֮ ṭappᵊḵem טַף [those unable to march]
וּ û וְ and
מִקְנֵכֶם֒ miqnēḵˌem מִקְנֶה purchase
יָדַ֕עְתִּי yāḏˈaʕtî ידע know
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
מִקְנֶ֥ה miqnˌeh מִקְנֶה purchase
רַ֖ב rˌav רַב much
לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to
יֵֽשְׁבוּ֙ yˈēšᵊvû ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עָ֣רֵיכֶ֔ם ʕˈārêḵˈem עִיר town
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֖תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
3:19. absque uxoribus et parvulis ac iumentis novi enim quod plura habeatis pecora et in urbibus remanere debebunt quas tradidi vobis
Leaving your wives and children and cattle. For I know you have much cattle, and they must remain in the cities, which I have delivered to you.
3:19. Leave behind your wives and little ones, as well as the cattle. For I know that you have many cattle, and they should remain in the cities which I have delivered to you,
3:19. But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle, ([for] I know that ye have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
3:19 But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle,.... These were to be left behind: for
I know that ye have much cattle; which made the countries of Gilead and Bashan, so famous for pasturage, agreeable to them; see Num 32:1 these, under the care of servants, and also their wives and children:
shall abide in your cities which I have given you; and which they rebuilt and repaired, Num 32:34.
3:203:20: մինչեւ զետեղեսցէ Տէր Աստուած մեր զեղբարս ձեր, որպէս եւ զձե՛զ. զի ժառանգեսցեն եւ նոքա զերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած մեր տացէ նոցա յայնկոյս Յորդանանու. եւ դարձջի՛ք այսրէն յիւրաքանչի՛ւր ժառանգութիւն իւր՝ զոր ետու ձեզ։
20 մինչեւ որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը տեղաւորի ձեր եղբայրներին, ինչպէս որ ձեզ տեղաւորեց, որպէսզի նրանք էլ ժառանգեն այն երկիրը, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը տալու է նրանց Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում: Այն ժամանակ կը վերադառնաք ժառանգութիւն ստացած ձեր այն երկիրը, որ ես տուել եմ ձեզ”:
20 Մինչեւ որ Տէրը ձեր եղբայրներն ալ ձեզի պէս հանգստացնէ ու մինչեւ որ անոնք ալ ժառանգեն այն երկիրը, որ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը անոնց պիտի տայ ու ետքը ձեզմէ ամէն մէկը դառնայ իր ժառանգութեանը, որ ես ձեզի տուի’։
մինչեւ զետեղեսցէ Տէր [60]Աստուած մեր`` զեղբարս ձեր, որպէս եւ զձեզդ, զի ժառանգեսցեն եւ նոքա զերկիրն զոր Տէր Աստուած [61]մեր տացէ նոցա յայնկոյս Յորդանանու: Եւ դարձջիք այսրէն յիւրաքանչիւր ժառանգութիւն իւր զոր ետու ձեզ:

3:20: մինչեւ զետեղեսցէ Տէր Աստուած մեր զեղբարս ձեր, որպէս եւ զձե՛զ. զի ժառանգեսցեն եւ նոքա զերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած մեր տացէ նոցա յայնկոյս Յորդանանու. եւ դարձջի՛ք այսրէն յիւրաքանչի՛ւր ժառանգութիւն իւր՝ զոր ետու ձեզ։
20 մինչեւ որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը տեղաւորի ձեր եղբայրներին, ինչպէս որ ձեզ տեղաւորեց, որպէսզի նրանք էլ ժառանգեն այն երկիրը, որ մեր Տէր Աստուածը տալու է նրանց Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում: Այն ժամանակ կը վերադառնաք ժառանգութիւն ստացած ձեր այն երկիրը, որ ես տուել եմ ձեզ”:
20 Մինչեւ որ Տէրը ձեր եղբայրներն ալ ձեզի պէս հանգստացնէ ու մինչեւ որ անոնք ալ ժառանգեն այն երկիրը, որ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը անոնց պիտի տայ ու ետքը ձեզմէ ամէն մէկը դառնայ իր ժառանգութեանը, որ ես ձեզի տուի’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2020: доколе Господь не даст покоя братьям вашим, как вам, и доколе и они не получат во владение землю, которую Господь, Бог ваш, дает им за Иорданом; тогда возвратитесь каждый в свое владение, которое я дал вам.
3:20 ἕως εως till; until ἂν αν perhaps; ever καταπαύσῃ καταπαυω rest κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your τοὺς ο the ἀδελφοὺς αδελφος brother ὑμῶν υμων your ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as καὶ και and; even ὑμᾶς υμας you καὶ και and; even κατακληρονομήσουσιν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession καὶ και and; even οὗτοι ουτος this; he τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis καὶ και and; even ἐπαναστραφήσεσθε επαναστρεφω each εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἣν ος who; what ἔδωκα διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you
3:20 עַ֠ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָנִ֨יחַ yānˌîₐḥ נוח settle יְהוָ֥ה׀ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לַֽ lˈa לְ to אֲחֵיכֶם֮ ʔᵃḥêḵem אָח brother כָּכֶם֒ kāḵˌem כְּ as וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרְשׁ֣וּ yārᵊšˈû ירשׁ trample down גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וְ wᵊ וְ and שַׁבְתֶּ֗ם šavtˈem שׁוב return אִ֚ישׁ ˈʔîš אִישׁ man לִֽ lˈi לְ to ירֻשָּׁתֹ֔ו yruššāṯˈô יְרֻשָּׁה possession אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֖תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
3:20. donec requiem tribuat Dominus fratribus vestris sicut vobis tribuit et possideant etiam ipsi terram quam daturus est eis trans Iordanem tunc revertetur unusquisque in possessionem suam quam dedi vobisUntil the Lord give rest to your brethren, as he hath given to you: and they also possess the land, which he will give them beyond the Jordan: then shall every man return to his possession, which I have given you.
20. until the LORD give rest unto your brethren, as unto you, and they also possess the land which the LORD your God giveth them beyond Jordan: then shall ye return every man unto his possession, which I have given you.
3:20. until the Lord provides rest to your brothers, just as he has provided for you. And they, too, shall possess the land, which he will give to them beyond the Jordan. Then each one shall return to his possession, which I have allotted to you.’
3:20. Until the LORD have given rest unto your brethren, as well as unto you, and [until] they also possess the land which the LORD your God hath given them beyond Jordan: and [then] shall ye return every man unto his possession, which I have given you.
Until the LORD have given rest unto your brethren, as well as unto you, and [until] they also possess the land which the LORD your God hath given them beyond Jordan: and [then] shall ye return every man unto his possession, which I have given you:

20: доколе Господь не даст покоя братьям вашим, как вам, и доколе и они не получат во владение землю, которую Господь, Бог ваш, дает им за Иорданом; тогда возвратитесь каждый в свое владение, которое я дал вам.
3:20
ἕως εως till; until
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
καταπαύσῃ καταπαυω rest
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
τοὺς ο the
ἀδελφοὺς αδελφος brother
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
καὶ και and; even
ὑμᾶς υμας you
καὶ και and; even
κατακληρονομήσουσιν κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession
καὶ και and; even
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
καὶ και and; even
ἐπαναστραφήσεσθε επαναστρεφω each
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἣν ος who; what
ἔδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
3:20
עַ֠ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָנִ֨יחַ yānˌîₐḥ נוח settle
יְהוָ֥ה׀ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לַֽ lˈa לְ to
אֲחֵיכֶם֮ ʔᵃḥêḵem אָח brother
כָּכֶם֒ kāḵˌem כְּ as
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרְשׁ֣וּ yārᵊšˈû ירשׁ trample down
גַם־ ḡam- גַּם even
הֵ֔ם hˈēm הֵם they
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שַׁבְתֶּ֗ם šavtˈem שׁוב return
אִ֚ישׁ ˈʔîš אִישׁ man
לִֽ lˈi לְ to
ירֻשָּׁתֹ֔ו yruššāṯˈô יְרֻשָּׁה possession
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֖תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
3:20. donec requiem tribuat Dominus fratribus vestris sicut vobis tribuit et possideant etiam ipsi terram quam daturus est eis trans Iordanem tunc revertetur unusquisque in possessionem suam quam dedi vobis
Until the Lord give rest to your brethren, as he hath given to you: and they also possess the land, which he will give them beyond the Jordan: then shall every man return to his possession, which I have given you.
3:20. until the Lord provides rest to your brothers, just as he has provided for you. And they, too, shall possess the land, which he will give to them beyond the Jordan. Then each one shall return to his possession, which I have allotted to you.’
3:20. Until the LORD have given rest unto your brethren, as well as unto you, and [until] they also possess the land which the LORD your God hath given them beyond Jordan: and [then] shall ye return every man unto his possession, which I have given you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:20: return: Jos 22:4, Jos 22:8
John Gill
3:20 Until the Lord have given rest unto your brethren, as well as unto you,.... Rest from their enemies, and habitations to dwell quietly in; so the land of Canaan is called a rest, Deut 12:9 typical of the rest which remains for the people of God:
and until they also possess the land which the Lord your God hath given them beyond Jordan; for so Canaan was with respect to Moses and the people with him, who were then in the plains of Moab; otherwise the country in which he was with respect to Canaan is usually called beyond Jordan; this the Lord had given in promise to Israel, and they were just now ready to enter into and possess it, by virtue of his gift, and which made it sure unto them:
and then shall ye return every man unto his possession, which I have given you; as accordingly they did, Josh 22:1.
3:213:21: Եւ Յեսուայ պատուիրեցի ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ եւ ասեմ. Ա՛չք ձեր իսկ տեսին զամենայն զոր արար Տէր Աստուած քո ընդ երկուս թագաւորսն ընդ այնոսիկ. նո՛յնպէս արասցէ Տէր ընդ ամենայն թագաւորութիւնս՝ յորոց վերայ դիմեսցես դու.
21 Այն ժամանակ ես Յեսուին պատուիրեցի՝ ասելով. “Ձեր աչքերով իսկ տեսաք այն ամէնը, ինչ Տէր Աստուածն արեց այդ երկու թագաւորներին: Տէրը նոյն կերպ կը վարուի բոլոր այն թագաւորութիւնների հետ, որոնց վրայ կը յարձակուես դու:
21 Այն ատեն Յեսուին պատուիրեցի՝ ըսելով. ‘Քու աչքերդ տեսան ինչ որ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը այս երկու թագաւորներուն ըրաւ. այնպէս ալ պիտի ընէ Տէրը այն ամէն թագաւորներուն, որոնց վրայ դուն պիտի երթաս*։
Եւ Յեսուայ պատուիրեցի ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ եւ ասեմ. Աչք [62]ձեր իսկ տեսին զամենայն զոր արար Տէր Աստուած [63]քո ընդ երկուս թագաւորսն ընդ այնոսիկ. նոյնպէս արասցէ Տէր ընդ ամենայն թագաւորութիւնս յորոց վերայ դիմեսցես դու:

3:21: Եւ Յեսուայ պատուիրեցի ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ եւ ասեմ. Ա՛չք ձեր իսկ տեսին զամենայն զոր արար Տէր Աստուած քո ընդ երկուս թագաւորսն ընդ այնոսիկ. նո՛յնպէս արասցէ Տէր ընդ ամենայն թագաւորութիւնս՝ յորոց վերայ դիմեսցես դու.
21 Այն ժամանակ ես Յեսուին պատուիրեցի՝ ասելով. “Ձեր աչքերով իսկ տեսաք այն ամէնը, ինչ Տէր Աստուածն արեց այդ երկու թագաւորներին: Տէրը նոյն կերպ կը վարուի բոլոր այն թագաւորութիւնների հետ, որոնց վրայ կը յարձակուես դու:
21 Այն ատեն Յեսուին պատուիրեցի՝ ըսելով. ‘Քու աչքերդ տեսան ինչ որ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը այս երկու թագաւորներուն ըրաւ. այնպէս ալ պիտի ընէ Տէրը այն ամէն թագաւորներուն, որոնց վրայ դուն պիտի երթաս*։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2121: И Иисусу заповедал я в то время, говоря: глаза твои видели все, что сделал Господь, Бог ваш, с двумя царями сими; то же сделает Господь со всеми царствами, которые ты будешь проходить;
3:21 καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the Ἰησοῖ ιησους Iēsous; Iisus ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that λέγων λεγω tell; declare οἱ ο the ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight ὑμῶν υμων your ἑωράκασιν οραω view; see πάντα πας all; every ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our τοῖς ο the δυσὶ δυο two βασιλεῦσι βασιλευς monarch; king τούτοις ουτος this; he οὕτως ουτως so; this way ποιήσει ποιεω do; make κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἃς ος who; what σὺ συ you διαβαίνεις διαβαινω step through; go across ἐκεῖ εκει there
3:21 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהֹושׁ֣וּעַ yᵊhôšˈûₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua צִוֵּ֔יתִי ṣiwwˈêṯî צוה command בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say עֵינֶ֣יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye הָ hā הַ the רֹאֹ֗ת rōʔˈōṯ ראה see אֵת֩ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֜ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶם֙ ʔᵉlōhêḵˌem אֱלֹהִים god(s) לִ li לְ to שְׁנֵי֙ šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two הַ ha הַ the מְּלָכִ֣ים mmᵊlāḵˈîm מֶלֶךְ king הָ hā הַ the אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these כֵּֽן־ kˈēn- כֵּן thus יַעֲשֶׂ֤ה yaʕᵃśˈeh עשׂה make יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מַּמְלָכֹ֔ות mmamlāḵˈôṯ מַמְלָכָה kingdom אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתָּ֖ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you עֹבֵ֥ר ʕōvˌēr עבר pass שָֽׁמָּה׃ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
3:21. Iosue quoque in tempore illo praecepi dicens oculi tui viderunt quae fecit Dominus Deus vester duobus his regibus sic faciet omnibus regnis ad quae transiturus esI commanded Josue also at that time, saying:Thy eyes have seen what the Lord your God hath done to these two kings: so will he do to all the kingdoms to which thou shalt pass.
21. And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying, Thine eyes have seen all that the LORD your God hath done unto these two kings: so shall the LORD do unto all the kingdoms whither thou goest over.
3:21. Likewise, I instructed Joshua at that time, saying: ‘Your eyes have seen what the Lord your God has done to these two kings. So also will he do to all the kingdoms through which you shall pass.
3:21. And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying, Thine eyes have seen all that the LORD your God hath done unto these two kings: so shall the LORD do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest.
And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying, Thine eyes have seen all that the LORD your God hath done unto these two kings: so shall the LORD do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest:

21: И Иисусу заповедал я в то время, говоря: глаза твои видели все, что сделал Господь, Бог ваш, с двумя царями сими; то же сделает Господь со всеми царствами, которые ты будешь проходить;
3:21
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
Ἰησοῖ ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
οἱ ο the
ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἑωράκασιν οραω view; see
πάντα πας all; every
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
τοῖς ο the
δυσὶ δυο two
βασιλεῦσι βασιλευς monarch; king
τούτοις ουτος this; he
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
ποιήσει ποιεω do; make
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
βασιλείας βασιλεια realm; kingdom
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἃς ος who; what
σὺ συ you
διαβαίνεις διαβαινω step through; go across
ἐκεῖ εκει there
3:21
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהֹושׁ֣וּעַ yᵊhôšˈûₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
צִוֵּ֔יתִי ṣiwwˈêṯî צוה command
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֑ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
עֵינֶ֣יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
הָ הַ the
רֹאֹ֗ת rōʔˈōṯ ראה see
אֵת֩ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֜ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶם֙ ʔᵉlōhêḵˌem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לִ li לְ to
שְׁנֵי֙ šᵊnˌê שְׁנַיִם two
הַ ha הַ the
מְּלָכִ֣ים mmᵊlāḵˈîm מֶלֶךְ king
הָ הַ the
אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
כֵּֽן־ kˈēn- כֵּן thus
יַעֲשֶׂ֤ה yaʕᵃśˈeh עשׂה make
יְהוָה֙ [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מַּמְלָכֹ֔ות mmamlāḵˈôṯ מַמְלָכָה kingdom
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתָּ֖ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
עֹבֵ֥ר ʕōvˌēr עבר pass
שָֽׁמָּה׃ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
3:21. Iosue quoque in tempore illo praecepi dicens oculi tui viderunt quae fecit Dominus Deus vester duobus his regibus sic faciet omnibus regnis ad quae transiturus es
I commanded Josue also at that time, saying:Thy eyes have seen what the Lord your God hath done to these two kings: so will he do to all the kingdoms to which thou shalt pass.
3:21. Likewise, I instructed Joshua at that time, saying: ‘Your eyes have seen what the Lord your God has done to these two kings. So also will he do to all the kingdoms through which you shall pass.
3:21. And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying, Thine eyes have seen all that the LORD your God hath done unto these two kings: so shall the LORD do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
21: Joshua Named as Moses's Successor.B. C. 1451.
21 And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying, Thine eyes have seen all that the LORD your God hath done unto these two kings: so shall the LORD do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest. 22 Ye shall not fear them: for the LORD your God he shall fight for you. 23 And I besought the LORD at that time, saying, 24 O Lord GOD, thou hast begun to show thy servant thy greatness, and thy mighty hand: for what God is there in heaven or in earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy might? 25 I pray thee, let me go over, and see the good land that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon. 26 But the LORD was wroth with me for your sakes, and would not hear me: and the LORD said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto me of this matter. 27 Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold it with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over this Jordan. 28 But charge Joshua, and encourage him, and strengthen him: for he shall go over before this people, and he shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see. 29 So we abode in the valley over against Beth-peor.
Here is I. The encouragement which Moses gave to Joshua, who was to succeed him in the government, v. 21, 22. He commanded him not to fear. This those that are aged and experienced in the service of God should do all they can to strengthen the hands of those that are young, and setting out in religion. Two things he would have him consider for his encouragement:-- 1. What God has done. Joshua had seen what a total defeat God had given by the forces of Israel to these two kings, and thence he might easily infer, so shall the Lord do to all the rest of the kingdoms upon which we are to make war. He must not only infer thence that thus the Lord can do with them all, for his arm is not shortened, but thus he will do, for his purpose is not changed; he that has begun will finish; as for God, his work is perfect. Joshua had seen it with his own eyes. And the more we have seen of the instances of divine wisdom, power, and goodness, the more inexcusable we are if we fear what flesh can do unto us. 2. What God had promised. The Lord your God he shall fight for you; and that cause cannot but be victorious which the Lord of hosts fights for. If God be for us, who can be against us so as to prevail? We reproach our leader if we follow him trembling.
II. The prayer which Moses made for himself, and the answer which God gave to that prayer.
1. His prayer was that, if it were God's will, he might go before Israel over Jordan into Canaan. At that time, when he had been encouraging Joshua to fight Israel's battles, taking it for granted that he must be their leader, he was touched with an earnest desire to go over himself, which expresses itself not in any passionate and impatient complaints, or reflections upon the sentence he was under, but in humble prayers to God for a gracious reversing of it. I besought the Lord. Note, We should never allow any desires in our hearts which we cannot in faith offer up to God by prayer; and what desires are innocent, let them be presented to God. We have not because we ask not. Observe,
(1.) What he pleads here. Two things:-- [1.] The great experience which he had had of God's goodness to him in what he had done for Israel: "Thou hast begun to show thy servant thy greatness. Lord, perfect what thou hast begun. Thou hast given me to see thy glory in the conquest of these two kings, and the sight has affected me with wonder and thankfulness. O let me see more of the outgoings of my God, my King! This great work, no doubt, will be carried on and completed; let me have the satisfaction of seeing it." Note, the more we see of God's glory in his works the more we shall desire to see. The works of the Lord are great, and therefore are sought out more and more of all those that have pleasure therein. [2.] The good impressions that had been made upon his heart by what he had seen: For what God is there in heaven or earth that can do according to thy works? The more we are affected with what we have seen of God, of his wisdom, power, and goodness, the better we are prepared for further discoveries. Those shall see the works of God that admire him in them. Moses had thus expressed himself concerning God and his works long before (Exod. xv. 11), and he still continues of the same mind, that there are no works worthy to be compared with God's works, Ps. lxxxvi. 8.
(2.) What he begs: I pray thee let me go over, v. 25. God had said he should not go over; yet he prays that he might, not knowing but that the threatening was conditional, for it was not ratified with an oath, as that concerning the people was, that they should not enter. Thus Hezekiah prayed for his own life, and David for the life of his child, after both had ben expressly threatened; and the former prevailed, though the latter did not. Moses remembered the time when he had by prayer prevailed with God to recede from the declarations which he had made of his wrath against Israel, Exod. xxxii. 14. And why might he not hope in like manner to prevail for himself? Let me go over and see the good land. Not, "Let me go over and be a prince and a ruler there;" he seeks not his own honour, is content to resign the government to Joshua; but, "Let me go to be a spectator of thy kindness to Israel, to see what I believe concerning the goodness of the land of promise." How pathetically does he speak of Canaan, that good land, that goodly mountain! Note, Those may hope to obtain and enjoy God's favours that know how to value them. What he means by that goodly mountain we may learn from Ps. lxxviii. 54, where it is said of God's Israel that he brought them to the border of his sanctuary, even to this mountain which his right hand had purchased, where it is plainly to be understood of the whole land of Canaan, yet with an eye to the sanctuary, the glory of it.
2. God's answer to this prayer had in it a mixture of mercy and judgment, that he might sing unto God of both.
(1.) There was judgment in the denial of his request, and that in something of anger too: The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes, v. 26. God not only sees sin in his people, but is much displeased with it; and even those that are delivered from the wrath to come may yet lie under the tokens of God's wrath in this world, and may be denied some particular favour which their hearts are much set upon. God is a gracious, tender, loving Father; but he is angry with his children when they do amiss, and denies them many a thing that they desire and are ready to cry for. But how was he wroth with Moses for the sake of Israel? Either, [1.] For that sin which they provoked him to; see Ps. cvi. 32, 33. Or, [2.] The removal of Moses at that time, when he could so ill be spared, was a rebuke to all Israel, and a punishment of their sin. Or, [3.] It was for their sakes, that it might be a warning to them to take heed of offending God by passionate and unbelieving speeches at any time, after the similitude of his transgression; for, if this were done to such a green tree, what should be done to the dry? He acknowledges that God would not hear him. God had often heard him for Israel, yet he would not hear him for himself. It was the prerogative of Christ, the great Intercessor, to be heard always; yet of him his enemies said, He saved others, himself he could not save, which the Jews would not have upbraided him with had they considered that Moses, their great prophet, prevailed for others, but for himself he could not prevail. Though Moses, being one of the wrestling seed of Jacob, did not seek in vain, yet he had not the thing itself which he sought for. God may accept our prayers, and yet not grant us the very thing we pray for.
(2.) Here is mercy mixed with this wrath in several things:-- [1.] God quieted the spirit of Moses under the decree that had gone forth by that word (v. 26), Let it suffice thee. With this word, no doubt, a divine power went to reconcile Moses to the will of God, and to bring him to acquiesce in it. If God does not by his providence give us what we desire, yet, if by his grace he makes us content without it, it comes much to one. "Let it suffice thee to have God for they father, and heaven for thy portion, though thou hast not every thing thou wouldest have in this world. Be satisfied with this, God is all-sufficient." [2.] He put an honour upon his prayer in directing him not to insist upon this request: Speak no more to me of this matter. It intimates that what God does not think fit to grant we should not think fit to ask, and that God takes such a pleasure in the prayer of the upright that it is no pleasure to him, no, not in any particular instance, to give a denial to it. [3.] He promised him a sight of Canaan from the top of Pisgah, v. 27. Though he should not have the possession of it, he should have the prospect of it; not to tantalize him, but such a sight of it as would yield him true satisfaction, and would enable him to form a very clear and pleasing idea of that promised land. Probably Moses had not only his sight preserved for other purposes, but greatly enlarged for this purpose; for, if he had not had such a sight of it as others could not have from the same place, it would have been no particular favour to Moses, nor the matter of a promise. Even great believers, in this present state, see heaven but at a distance. [4.] He provided him a successor, one who should support the honour of Moses and carry on and complete that glorious work which the heart of Moses was so much upon, the bringing of Israel to Canaan, and settling them there (v. 28): Charge Joshua and encourage him in this work. Those to whom God gives a charge, he will be sure to give encouragement to. And it is a comfort to the church's friends (when they are dying and going off) to see God's work likely to be carried on by other hands, when they are silent in the dust.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:21: I commanded: Num 27:18-23
so shall: Jos 10:25; Sa1 17:36, Sa1 17:37; Psa 9:10; Co2 1:10, Co2 12:10; Eph 3:20; Ti2 4:17, Ti2 4:18
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
3:21
Nomination of Joshua as his Successor. - This reminiscence also recalls the goodness of God in the appointment of Joshua (Num 27:12.), which took place "at that time," i.e., after the conquest of the land on the east of the Jordan. In accordance with the object of his address, which was to hold up to view what the Lord had done for Israel, he here relates how, at the very outset, he pointed Joshua to the things which he had seen with his eyes (הראת עיניך, thine eyes were seeing; cf. Ewald, 335, b.), namely, to the defeat of the two kings of the Amorites, in which the pledge was contained, that the faithful covenant God would complete the work He had begun, and would do the same to all kingdoms whither Joshua would go over (i.e., across the Jordan).
Deut 3:22
For this reason they were not to be afraid; for Jehovah Himself would fight for them. "He" is emphatic, and adds force to the subject.
Deut 3:23-24
Moses then describes how, notwithstanding his prayer, the Lord had refused him permission to cross over into Canaan and see the glorious land. This prayer is not mentioned in the historical account given in the fourth book; but it must have preceded the prayer for the appointment of a shepherd over the congregation in Num 27:16, as the Lord directs him in His reply (Deut 3:28) to appoint Joshua as the leader of the people. In his prayer, Moses appealed to the manifestations of divine grace which he had already received. As the Lord had already begun to show him His greatness and His mighty hand, so might He also show him the completion of His work. The expression, "begun to show Thy greatness," relates not so much to the mighty acts of the Lord in Egypt and at the Red Sea (as in Ex 32:11-12, and Num 14:13.), as to the manifestation of the divine omnipotence in the defeat of the Amorites, by which the Lord had begun to bring His people into the possession of the promised land, and had made Himself known as God, to whom there was no equal in heaven or on earth. אשׁר before אל מי (v. 24) is an explanatory and causal relative: because (quod, quia), or for. "For what God is there in heaven and on earth," etc. These words recall Ex 15:11, and are echoed in many of the Psalms, - in Ps 86:8 almost verbatim. The contrast drawn between Jehovah and other gods does not involve the reality of the heathen deities, but simply presupposes a belief in the existence of other gods, without deciding as to the truth of that belief. גּבוּרת, manifestations of גּבוּרה, mighty deeds.
Deut 3:25
"I pray Thee, let me go over." אעבּרה־נּא, a form of desire, used as a petition, as in Deut 2:27; Num 21:22, etc. "That goodly mountain" is not one particular portion of the land of Canaan, such as the mountains of Judah, or the temple mountain (according to Ex 15:17), but the whole of Canaan regarded as a mountainous country, Lebanon being specially mentioned as the boundary wall towards the north. As Moses stood on the lower level of the Arabah, the promised land presented itself not only to his eyes, but also to his soul, as a long mountain range; and that no merely as suggestive of the lower contrast, that "whereas the plains in the East are for the most part sterile, on account of the want of springs or rain, the mountainous regions, which are well watered by springs and streams, are very fertile and pleasant" (Rosenmller), but also on a much higher ground, viz., as a high and lofty land, which would stand by the side of Horeb, "where he had spent the best and holiest days of his life, and where he had seen the commencement of the covenant between God and His people" (Schultz).
Deut 3:26
But the Lord would not grant his request. "Let it suffice thee' (satis sit tibi, as in Deut 1:6), substantially equivalent to 2Cor 12:8, "My grace is sufficient for thee" (Schultz). בּ דּבּר, to speak about a thing (as in Deut 6:7; Deut 11:19, etc.).
Deut 3:27-28
Deut 3:27 is a rhetorical paraphrase of Num 27:12, where the mountains of Abarim are mentioned in the place of Pisgah, which was the northern portion of Abarim. (On Deut 3:28, cf. Deut 1:38 and Num 27:23.)
Deut 3:29
"So we abode in the valley over against Beth-peor," i.e., in the Arboth Moab (Num 22:1), sc., where we still are. The pret. ונּשׁב is used, because Moses fixes his eye upon the past, and looks back upon the events already described in Num 28-34 as having taken place there. On Beth-Peor, see at Num 23:28.
Geneva 1599
3:21 And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying, Thine eyes have seen all that the (h) LORD your God hath done unto these two kings: so shall the LORD do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest.
(h) So that the victories did not come by your own wisdom, strength or multitude.
John Gill
3:21 And I commanded Joshua at that time,.... After the conquest of the two kings, and the assignment of their countries to the above tribes; and after Moses had it made known to him that he should quickly die, and Joshua should be his successor; then, by the direction of God, he gave him the following charge:
saying, thine eyes have seen all that the Lord your God hath done unto these two kings; Sihon and Og; how their kingdoms were taken from them, and given to Israel, and they slain with the sword; this Joshua was an eyewitness of, and was, no doubt, greatly concerned in the battles with them, being the general in the Israelitish armies; at least this was sometimes his post, and he cannot be thought to have been unemployed in these wars:
so shall the Lord do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest; all the kingdoms in the land of Canaan, where there were many, thirty one at least; these would be all conquered and put into the hands of the Israelites, and their kings slain.
3:223:22: մի՛ զանգիտիցէք. զի Տէր Աստուած մեր ինքնի՛ն պատերազմեսցի փոխանակ ձեր[1674]։[1674] Ոմանք. Զի Տէր Աստուած ձեր ինքնին։
22 Մի՛ վախեցէք, որովհետեւ մեր Տէր Աստուածն ինքն է պատերազմելու ձեր փոխարէն”»:
22 Անոնցմէ մի՛ վախնաք. վասն զի ձեր Տէր Աստուածը ինք կը պատերազմի ձեզի համար’։
մի՛ զանգիտիցէք[64]. զի Տէր Աստուած [65]մեր ինքնին պատերազմեսցի փոխանակ ձեր:

3:22: մի՛ զանգիտիցէք. զի Տէր Աստուած մեր ինքնի՛ն պատերազմեսցի փոխանակ ձեր[1674]։
[1674] Ոմանք. Զի Տէր Աստուած ձեր ինքնին։
22 Մի՛ վախեցէք, որովհետեւ մեր Տէր Աստուածն ինքն է պատերազմելու ձեր փոխարէն”»:
22 Անոնցմէ մի՛ վախնաք. վասն զի ձեր Տէր Աստուածը ինք կը պատերազմի ձեզի համար’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2222: не бойтесь их, ибо Господь, Бог ваш, Сам сражается за вас.
3:22 οὐ ου not φοβηθήσεσθε φοβεω afraid; fear ὅτι οτι since; that κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our αὐτὸς αυτος he; him πολεμήσει πολεμεω battle περὶ περι about; around ὑμῶν υμων your
3:22 לֹ֖א lˌō לֹא not תִּֽירָא֑וּם tˈîrāʔˈûm ירא fear כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he הַ ha הַ the נִּלְחָ֥ם nnilḥˌām לחם fight לָכֶֽם׃ ס lāḵˈem . s לְ to
3:22. ne timeas eos Dominus enim Deus vester pugnabit pro vobisFear them not: for the Lord your God will fight for you.
22. Ye shall not fear them: for the LORD your God, he it is that fighteth for you.
3:22. You should not fear them. For the Lord your God will fight on your behalf.’
3:22. Ye shall not fear them: for the LORD your God he shall fight for you.
Ye shall not fear them: for the LORD your God he shall fight for you:

22: не бойтесь их, ибо Господь, Бог ваш, Сам сражается за вас.
3:22
οὐ ου not
φοβηθήσεσθε φοβεω afraid; fear
ὅτι οτι since; that
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
πολεμήσει πολεμεω battle
περὶ περι about; around
ὑμῶν υμων your
3:22
לֹ֖א lˌō לֹא not
תִּֽירָא֑וּם tˈîrāʔˈûm ירא fear
כִּ֚י ˈkî כִּי that
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
ה֖וּא hˌû הוּא he
הַ ha הַ the
נִּלְחָ֥ם nnilḥˌām לחם fight
לָכֶֽם׃ ס lāḵˈem . s לְ to
3:22. ne timeas eos Dominus enim Deus vester pugnabit pro vobis
Fear them not: for the Lord your God will fight for you.
3:22. You should not fear them. For the Lord your God will fight on your behalf.’
3:22. Ye shall not fear them: for the LORD your God he shall fight for you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:22: shall not: Isa 43:1, Isa 43:2
for the Lord: Deu 1:30, Deu 20:4; Exo 14:14; Num 21:34; Jos 10:42; Ch2 13:12, Ch2 20:17, Ch2 20:29; Psa 44:3
John Gill
3:22 Ye shall not fear them,.... On account of the numbers, strength, courage, and gigantic stature of the inhabitants, at least some of them; nor on account of their walled towns, and fortified cities:
for the Lord your God he shall fight for you; as he did, particularly at Jericho, the walls of which city fell at the sound of rams' horns; and at Gibeon, when he cast down hailstones on their enemies, and more were slain by them than with the sword; and in all their battles it was he that gave them success and victory.
3:233:23: Եւ աղաչեցի զՏէր Աստուած ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ եւ ասեմ.
23 «Այդ ժամանակ աղաչեցի Տէր Աստծուն՝ ասելով.
23 Այն ատեն Տէրոջը աղաչեցի ու ըսի.
Եւ աղաչեցի զՏէր Աստուած ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ եւ ասեմ:

3:23: Եւ աղաչեցի զՏէր Աստուած ՚ի ժամանակին յայնմիկ՝ եւ ասեմ.
23 «Այդ ժամանակ աղաչեցի Տէր Աստծուն՝ ասելով.
23 Այն ատեն Տէրոջը աղաչեցի ու ըսի.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2323: И молился я Господу в то время, говоря:
3:23 καὶ και and; even ἐδεήθην δεομαι petition κυρίου κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in τῷ ο the καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that λέγων λεγω tell; declare
3:23 וָ wā וְ and אֶתְחַנַּ֖ן ʔeṯḥannˌan חנן favour אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time הַ ha הַ the הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
3:23. precatusque sum Dominum in tempore illo dicensAnd I besought the Lord at that time, saying:
23. And I besought the LORD at that time, saying,
3:23. And I beseeched the Lord at that time, saying:
3:23. And I besought the LORD at that time, saying,
And I besought the LORD at that time, saying:

23: И молился я Господу в то время, говоря:
3:23
καὶ και and; even
ἐδεήθην δεομαι petition
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
καιρῷ καιρος season; opportunity
ἐκείνῳ εκεινος that
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
3:23
וָ וְ and
אֶתְחַנַּ֖ן ʔeṯḥannˌan חנן favour
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֵ֥ת ʕˌēṯ עֵת time
הַ ha הַ the
הִ֖וא hˌiw הִיא she
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
3:23. precatusque sum Dominum in tempore illo dicens
And I besought the Lord at that time, saying:
3:23. And I beseeched the Lord at that time, saying:
3:23. And I besought the LORD at that time, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:23: Co2 12:8, Co2 12:9
John Gill
3:23 And I besought the Lord at that time,.... When he was told he should die, and Joshua should succeed him; or when the two kings were slain, and their kingdoms conquered; this being the beginning, pledge, and earnest of what God had promised to do for the people of Israel; Moses was very desirous of living to see the work completed, and therefore sought the Lord by prayer and supplication:
saying; as follows.
John Wesley
3:23 I besought the Lord - We should allow no desire in our hearts, which we cannot in faith offer unto God by prayer.
3:243:24: Տէր՝ Տէր, դո՛ւ սկսար ցուցանել ծառայի քում զսաստկութիւն քո եւ զզօրութիւն քո, զձեռն հզօր եւ զբազուկ բարձր. քանզի ո՞վ է Աստուած յերկինս կամ յերկրի՝ որ առնիցէ որպէս դու արարեր ըստ զօրութեան քում։
24 “Տէ՛ր, Տէ՛ր, դու սկսեցիր քո ծառային ցոյց տալ քո մեծութիւնն ու զօրութիւնը, ամուր ձեռքն ու հզօր բազուկը: Երկնքում կամ երկրի վրայ գտնուող այդ ո՞ր աստուածն է, որ կարող է անել այն, ինչ դու արեցիր քո զօրութեամբ:
24 ‘Ո՛վ Տէր Եհովա, դուն սկսար քու ծառայիդ ցուցնել քու մեծութիւնդ ու քու զօրաւոր ձեռքդ, վասն զի երկնքի մէջ կամ երկրի վրայ ո՞վ է այն աստուածը, որ քու գործերուդ ու քու զօրութեանդ պէս գործ մը ընելու կարող ըլլայ։
Տէր, Տէր, դու սկսար ցուցանել ծառայի քում զսաստկութիւն քո եւ զզօրութիւն քո, զձեռն հզօր եւ զբազուկ բարձր. քանզի ո՞վ է Աստուած յերկինս կամ յերկրի որ առնիցէ որպէս դու [66]արարեր ըստ`` զօրութեան քում:

3:24: Տէր՝ Տէր, դո՛ւ սկսար ցուցանել ծառայի քում զսաստկութիւն քո եւ զզօրութիւն քո, զձեռն հզօր եւ զբազուկ բարձր. քանզի ո՞վ է Աստուած յերկինս կամ յերկրի՝ որ առնիցէ որպէս դու արարեր ըստ զօրութեան քում։
24 “Տէ՛ր, Տէ՛ր, դու սկսեցիր քո ծառային ցոյց տալ քո մեծութիւնն ու զօրութիւնը, ամուր ձեռքն ու հզօր բազուկը: Երկնքում կամ երկրի վրայ գտնուող այդ ո՞ր աստուածն է, որ կարող է անել այն, ինչ դու արեցիր քո զօրութեամբ:
24 ‘Ո՛վ Տէր Եհովա, դուն սկսար քու ծառայիդ ցուցնել քու մեծութիւնդ ու քու զօրաւոր ձեռքդ, վասն զի երկնքի մէջ կամ երկրի վրայ ո՞վ է այն աստուածը, որ քու գործերուդ ու քու զօրութեանդ պէս գործ մը ընելու կարող ըլլայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2424: Владыко Господи, Ты начал показывать рабу Твоему величие Твое и крепкую руку Твою; ибо какой бог есть на небе, или на земле, который мог бы делать такие дела, как Твои, и с могуществом таким, как Твое?
3:24 κύριε κυριος lord; master κύριε κυριος lord; master σὺ συ you ἤρξω αρχω rule; begin δεῖξαι δεικνυω show τῷ ο the σῷ σος your θεράποντι θεραπων minister τὴν ο the ἰσχύν ισχυς force σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the δύναμίν δυναμις power; ability σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the χεῖρα χειρ hand τὴν ο the κραταιὰν κραταιος dominant καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the βραχίονα βραχιων arm τὸν ο the ὑψηλόν υψηλος high; lofty τίς τις.1 who?; what? γάρ γαρ for ἐστιν ειμι be θεὸς θεος God ἐν εν in τῷ ο the οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven ἢ η or; than ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ὅστις οστις who; that ποιήσει ποιεω do; make καθὰ καθα just as σὺ συ you ἐποίησας ποιεω do; make καὶ και and; even κατὰ κατα down; by τὴν ο the ἰσχύν ισχυς force σου σου of you; your
3:24 אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֗ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you הַֽחִלֹּ֨ותָ֙ hˈaḥillˈôṯā חלל defile לְ lᵊ לְ to הַרְאֹ֣ות harʔˈôṯ ראה see אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] עַבְדְּךָ֔ ʕavdᵊḵˈā עֶבֶד servant אֶ֨ת־ ʔˌeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גָּדְלְךָ֔ goḏlᵊḵˈā גֹּדֶל greatness וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand הַ ha הַ the חֲזָקָ֑ה ḥᵃzāqˈā חָזָק strong אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מִי־ mî- מִי who אֵל֙ ʔˌēl אֵל god בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וּ û וְ and בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה yaʕᵃśˌeh עשׂה make כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as מַעֲשֶׂ֖יךָ maʕᵃśˌeʸḵā מַעֲשֶׂה deed וְ wᵊ וְ and כִ ḵi כְּ as גְבוּרֹתֶֽךָ׃ ḡᵊvûrōṯˈeḵā גְּבוּרָה strength
3:24. Domine Deus tu coepisti ostendere servo tuo magnitudinem tuam manumque fortissimam neque enim est alius Deus vel in caelo vel in terra qui possit facere opera tua et conparari fortitudini tuaeLord God, thou hast begun to shew unto thy servant thy greatness, and most mighty hand, for there is no other God either in heaven or earth, that is able to do thy works, or to be compared to thy strength.
24. O Lord GOD, thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatness, and thy strong hand: for what god is there in heaven or in earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy mighty acts?
3:24. ‘Lord God, you have begun to reveal your greatness and your very strong hand to your servant. For there is no other god, either in heaven or on earth, who is able to accomplish your works, or to be compared to your strength.
3:24. O Lord GOD, thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatness, and thy mighty hand: for what God [is there] in heaven or in earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy might?
O Lord GOD, thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatness, and thy mighty hand: for what God [is there] in heaven or in earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy might:

24: Владыко Господи, Ты начал показывать рабу Твоему величие Твое и крепкую руку Твою; ибо какой бог есть на небе, или на земле, который мог бы делать такие дела, как Твои, и с могуществом таким, как Твое?
3:24
κύριε κυριος lord; master
κύριε κυριος lord; master
σὺ συ you
ἤρξω αρχω rule; begin
δεῖξαι δεικνυω show
τῷ ο the
σῷ σος your
θεράποντι θεραπων minister
τὴν ο the
ἰσχύν ισχυς force
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
δύναμίν δυναμις power; ability
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
χεῖρα χειρ hand
τὴν ο the
κραταιὰν κραταιος dominant
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
βραχίονα βραχιων arm
τὸν ο the
ὑψηλόν υψηλος high; lofty
τίς τις.1 who?; what?
γάρ γαρ for
ἐστιν ειμι be
θεὸς θεος God
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven
η or; than
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ὅστις οστις who; that
ποιήσει ποιεω do; make
καθὰ καθα just as
σὺ συ you
ἐποίησας ποιεω do; make
καὶ και and; even
κατὰ κατα down; by
τὴν ο the
ἰσχύν ισχυς force
σου σου of you; your
3:24
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֗ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
הַֽחִלֹּ֨ותָ֙ hˈaḥillˈôṯā חלל defile
לְ lᵊ לְ to
הַרְאֹ֣ות harʔˈôṯ ראה see
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
עַבְדְּךָ֔ ʕavdᵊḵˈā עֶבֶד servant
אֶ֨ת־ ʔˌeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גָּדְלְךָ֔ goḏlᵊḵˈā גֹּדֶל greatness
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדְךָ֖ yāḏᵊḵˌā יָד hand
הַ ha הַ the
חֲזָקָ֑ה ḥᵃzāqˈā חָזָק strong
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מִי־ mî- מִי who
אֵל֙ ʔˌēl אֵל god
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁמַ֣יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וּ û וְ and
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה yaʕᵃśˌeh עשׂה make
כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as
מַעֲשֶׂ֖יךָ maʕᵃśˌeʸḵā מַעֲשֶׂה deed
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִ ḵi כְּ as
גְבוּרֹתֶֽךָ׃ ḡᵊvûrōṯˈeḵā גְּבוּרָה strength
3:24. Domine Deus tu coepisti ostendere servo tuo magnitudinem tuam manumque fortissimam neque enim est alius Deus vel in caelo vel in terra qui possit facere opera tua et conparari fortitudini tuae
Lord God, thou hast begun to shew unto thy servant thy greatness, and most mighty hand, for there is no other God either in heaven or earth, that is able to do thy works, or to be compared to thy strength.
3:24. ‘Lord God, you have begun to reveal your greatness and your very strong hand to your servant. For there is no other god, either in heaven or on earth, who is able to accomplish your works, or to be compared to your strength.
3:24. O Lord GOD, thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatness, and thy mighty hand: for what God [is there] in heaven or in earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy might?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:24: The prayer of Moses recorded in these two verses, and his own reflections on it, Deu 3:26, are very affecting. He had suffered much both in body and mind in bringing the people to the borders of the promised land; and it was natural enough for him to wish to see them established in it, and to enjoy a portion of that inheritance himself, which he knew was a type of the heavenly country. But notwithstanding his very earnest prayer, and God's especial favor towards him, he was not permitted to go over Jordan! He had grieved the Spirit of God, and he passed a sentence against him of exclusion from the promised land. Yet he permitted him to see it, and gave him the fullest assurances that the people whom he had brought out of Egypt should possess it. Thus God may choose to deprive those of earthly possessions to whom he is nevertheless determined to give a heavenly inheritance.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:24: thy greatness: Deu 11:2; Neh 9:32; Psa 106:2, Psa 145:3, Psa 145:6; Jer 32:18-21
what God: Exo 15:11; Sa2 7:22; Psa 35:10, Psa 71:19, Psa 86:8, Psa 89:6, Psa 89:8; Isa 40:18, Isa 40:25; Jer 10:6; Dan 3:29
Geneva 1599
3:24 O Lord GOD, thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatness, and thy mighty hand: for what God [is there] in heaven or in earth, that can (i) do according to thy works, and according to thy might?
(i) He speaks according to the common and corrupt speech of those who attribute power to idols that only belongs to God.
John Gill
3:24 O Lord God, thou hast begun to show thy servant thy greatness and thy mighty hand,.... To give a specimen of the greatness of his power in subduing the two kings and their kingdoms, and delivering them up into the hands of the Israelites. Moses had seen instances of the mighty power of God in Egypt, at the Red sea, and in the wilderness; but this was the beginning of his power, in vanquishing the Canaanites, and putting their land into the possession of the Israelites, as he had promised; of which the Amorites were a part, and a principal nation of them: and thus God, when he begins a work of grace upon the soul of man, begins to show the exceeding greatness of his power, and which is further exerted in carrying it on, and bringing it to perfection:
for what God is there in heaven or in earth that can do according to thy works, and according to thy might? here Moses speaks according to the notion of Heathens, who supposed there were other gods in heaven and in earth besides the true God; and upon this supposition observes, let there be as many as they will, or can be imagined, there is none of them like the Lord God of Israel for power and might; or are able to do such works as he has done, in nature, in the creation of all things out of nothing, in providence, in supporting what he has made, and in governing the world; and in those amazing instances of his power, in bringing down judgments upon wicked men, kings, and kingdoms; and in the deliverance of his own people from them, and putting them and their kingdoms into the possession of them; which were the wondrous works of might Moses had in view, and a sense of which was impressed on his mind at this time.
John Wesley
3:24 Thou hast begun to shew thy servant thy greatness - Lord, perfect what thou hast begun. The more we see of God's glory in his works, the more we desire to see. And the more we are affected with what we have seen of God, the better we are prepared for farther discoveries.
3:253:25: Արդ՝ անցեա՞լ տեսից զերկիրն բարի՝ որ է յա՛յնկոյս Յորդանանու, զլեա՛ռնն բարի զերկրորդն Լիբանան[1675]։ [1675] Ոմանք. Եւ զերկրորդն զԼիբանան։
25 Արդ, շնո՛րհ արա, որ անցնեմ, տեսնեմ Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ գտնուող լաւ երկիրը, սքանչելի լեռն ու Անդրլիբանանը”:
25 Շնորհք ըրէ՛, որ անցնիմ ու Յորդանանի անդիի կողմի բարի երկիրը, այն բարի լեռը ու Լիբանանը, տեսնեմ’։
Արդ անցեալ տեսից զերկիրն բարի որ է յայնկոյս Յորդանանու, զլեառնն բարի եւ [67]զերկրորդն Լիբանան:

3:25: Արդ՝ անցեա՞լ տեսից զերկիրն բարի՝ որ է յա՛յնկոյս Յորդանանու, զլեա՛ռնն բարի զերկրորդն Լիբանան[1675]։
[1675] Ոմանք. Եւ զերկրորդն զԼիբանան։
25 Արդ, շնո՛րհ արա, որ անցնեմ, տեսնեմ Յորդանան գետից այն կողմ գտնուող լաւ երկիրը, սքանչելի լեռն ու Անդրլիբանանը”:
25 Շնորհք ըրէ՛, որ անցնիմ ու Յորդանանի անդիի կողմի բարի երկիրը, այն բարի լեռը ու Լիբանանը, տեսնեմ’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2525: дай мне перейти и увидеть ту добрую землю, которая за Иорданом, и ту прекрасную гору и Ливан.
3:25 διαβὰς διαβαινω step through; go across οὖν ουν then ὄψομαι οραω view; see τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land τὴν ο the ἀγαθὴν αγαθος good ταύτην ουτος this; he τὴν ο the οὖσαν ειμι be πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount τοῦτο ουτος this; he τὸ ο the ἀγαθὸν αγαθος good καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the Ἀντιλίβανον αντιλιβανος Antilibanos; Antilivanos
3:25 אֶעְבְּרָה־ ʔeʕbᵊrā- עבר pass נָּ֗א nnˈā נָא yeah וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶרְאֶה֙ ʔerʔˌeh ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the טֹּובָ֔ה ṭṭôvˈā טֹוב good אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan הָ hā הַ the הָ֥ר hˌār הַר mountain הַ ha הַ the טֹּ֛וב ṭṭˈôv טֹוב good הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the לְּבָנֹֽון׃ llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon
3:25. transibo igitur et videbo terram hanc optimam trans Iordanem et montem istum egregium et LibanumI will pass over therefore, and will see this excellent land beyond the Jordan, and this goodly mountain, and Libanus.
25. Let me go over, I pray thee, and see the good land that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon.
3:25. Therefore, I will cross over, and I will view this excellent land beyond the Jordan, and this singular mountain, and Lebanon.’
3:25. I pray thee, let me go over, and see the good land that [is] beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon.
I pray thee, let me go over, and see the good land that [is] beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon:

25: дай мне перейти и увидеть ту добрую землю, которая за Иорданом, и ту прекрасную гору и Ливан.
3:25
διαβὰς διαβαινω step through; go across
οὖν ουν then
ὄψομαι οραω view; see
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
τὴν ο the
ἀγαθὴν αγαθος good
ταύτην ουτος this; he
τὴν ο the
οὖσαν ειμι be
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
τοῦτο ουτος this; he
τὸ ο the
ἀγαθὸν αγαθος good
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
Ἀντιλίβανον αντιλιβανος Antilibanos; Antilivanos
3:25
אֶעְבְּרָה־ ʔeʕbᵊrā- עבר pass
נָּ֗א nnˈā נָא yeah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶרְאֶה֙ ʔerʔˌeh ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
טֹּובָ֔ה ṭṭôvˈā טֹוב good
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
הָ הַ the
הָ֥ר hˌār הַר mountain
הַ ha הַ the
טֹּ֛וב ṭṭˈôv טֹוב good
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֖ה zzˌeh זֶה this
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
לְּבָנֹֽון׃ llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon
3:25. transibo igitur et videbo terram hanc optimam trans Iordanem et montem istum egregium et Libanum
I will pass over therefore, and will see this excellent land beyond the Jordan, and this goodly mountain, and Libanus.
3:25. Therefore, I will cross over, and I will view this excellent land beyond the Jordan, and this singular mountain, and Lebanon.’
3:25. I pray thee, let me go over, and see the good land that [is] beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:25: That goodly mountain - i. e., that mountainous district. The fiat districts of the East are generally scorched, destitute of water, and therefore sterile: the hilly ones, on the contrary, are of more tempered climate, and fertilized by the streams from the high grounds. Compare Deu 11:11.
The whole of this prayer of Moses is very characteristic. The longing to witness further manifestations of God's goodness and glory, and the reluctance to leave unfinished an undertaking which he had been permitted to commence, are striking traits in his character: compare Exo 32:32 ff; Exo 33:12, Exo 33:18 ff; Num 14:12 ff.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:25: the good land: Deu 4:21, Deu 4:22, Deu 11:11, Deu 11:12; Exo 3:8; Num 32:5; Eze 20:6
Lebanon: Lebanon is a long chain of limestone mountains, extending from near the coast of the Mediterranean on the west to the plains of Damascus on the east, and forming the extreme northern boundary of the Holy Land. It is divided into two principal ridges, running parallel to each other in a north-north-east direction; the most westerly of which was properly called Libanus, and the easterly Anti-Libanus. the Hebrews did not make this distinction. It is computed to be fifteen or sixteen hundred fathoms in height. They are by no means barren, but are almost all well cultivated and well peopled; their summits being in many parts level, and forming extensive plains, in which are sown corn and all kinds of pulse. Vineyards, and plantations of olive, mulberry, and fig trees, are also cultivated in terraces formed by walls; and the soil of the declivities and hollows is most excellent, and produces abundance of corn, oil, and wine.
Geneva 1599
3:25 I pray thee, let me go over, and see the good land that [is] beyond Jordan, that goodly (k) mountain, and Lebanon.
(k) He means Zion, where the Temple should be built, and God honoured.
John Gill
3:25 I pray thee, let me go over and see the good land that is beyond Jordan,.... The land of Canaan, the land flowing with milk and honey; a land which he describes as a most excellent one, Deut 8:7. To see this land, he was very desirous of going over the river Jordan, beyond which it lay with respect to the place where he now was:
that goodly mountain, and Lebanon; or, "that goodly mountain, even Lebanon"; which lay to the north of the land of Canaan, and was famous for cedar and odoriferous trees. But if two distinct mountains are meant, the goodly mountain may design Mount Moriah, on which the temple was afterwards built, and of which Moses might have a foresight; and some by Lebanon think that is meant, which was built of the cedars of Lebanon, and therefore goes by that name, Zech 11:1 and a foreview of this made the mountain so precious to Moses, and desirable to be seen by him. So the Targum of Jonathan;"that goodly mountain in which is built the city of Jerusalem, and Mount Lebanon, in which the Shechinah shall dwell''to which agrees the note of Aben Ezra, who interprets the goodly mountain of Jerusalem, and Lebanon of the house of the sanctuary. In the Septuagint it is called Antilibanus. Mount Libanus had its name not from frankincense growing upon it, as some have thought; for it does not appear that any did grow upon it, for that came from Seba in Arabia Felix; but from the whiteness of it, through the continual snows that were on it, just as the Alps have their name for the same reason; and so Jerom says (b) of Lebanon, that the snow never leaves from the tops of it, or is ever so overcome by the heat of the sun as wholly to melt; to the same purpose also Tacitus (c) says, and Mr. Maundrell (d), who was there in May, speaks of deep snow on it, and represents the cedars as standing in snow.
(b) In Hieremiam, c. 18. 14. (c) Hist. l. 5. c. 6. (d) Journey from Aleppo, p. 139, 140.
John Wesley
3:25 Let me go over - For he supposed God's threatening might be conditional and reversible, as many others were. That goodly mountain - Which the Jews not improbably understood of that mountain on which the temple was to be built. This he seems to call that mountain, emphatically and eminently, that which was much in Moses's thoughts, though not in his eye.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:25 I pray thee, let me go over, and see the good land that is beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon--The natural and very earnest wish of Moses to be allowed to cross the Jordan was founded on the idea that the divine threatening might be conditional and revertible. "That goodly mountain" is supposed by Jewish writers to have pointed to the hill on which the temple was to be built (Deut 12:5; Ex 15:2). But biblical scholars now, generally, render the words--"that goodly mountain, even Lebanon," and consider it to be mentioned as typifying the beauty of Palestine, of which hills and mountains were so prominent a feature.
3:263:26: Եւ անտե՛ս արար զիս Տէր վասն ձեր, եւ ո՛չ լուաւ ինձ. եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Շա՛տ լիցի քեզ՝ մի՛ եւս յաւելուցուս խօսել զբանդ զայդ։
26 Տէրը ձեր պատճառով զայրացաւ ու ինձ չլսեց: Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Բաւական է, այլեւս ինձ հետ այդ մասին չխօսես:
26 Բայց Տէրը ձեր պատճառով ինծի սրդողելով՝ իմ խնդրանքս չընդունեց եւ Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Ա՛լ հերիք է քեզի. անգամ մըն ալ այդ բանը ինծի չըսես.
Եւ անտես արար զիս Տէր վասն ձեր, եւ ոչ լուաւ ինձ. եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Շատ լիցի քեզ, մի՛ եւս յաւելուցուս խօսել զբանդ զայդ:

3:26: Եւ անտե՛ս արար զիս Տէր վասն ձեր, եւ ո՛չ լուաւ ինձ. եւ ասէ ցիս Տէր. Շա՛տ լիցի քեզ՝ մի՛ եւս յաւելուցուս խօսել զբանդ զայդ։
26 Տէրը ձեր պատճառով զայրացաւ ու ինձ չլսեց: Տէրն ինձ ասաց. “Բաւական է, այլեւս ինձ հետ այդ մասին չխօսես:
26 Բայց Տէրը ձեր պատճառով ինծի սրդողելով՝ իմ խնդրանքս չընդունեց եւ Տէրը ինծի ըսաւ. ‘Ա՛լ հերիք է քեզի. անգամ մըն ալ այդ բանը ինծի չըսես.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2626: Но Господь гневался на меня за вас и не послушал меня, и сказал мне Господь: полно тебе, впредь не говори Мне более об этом;
3:26 καὶ και and; even ὑπερεῖδεν υπεροραω overlook κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐμὲ εμε me ἕνεκεν ενεκα for the sake of; on account of ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not εἰσήκουσέν εισακουω heed; listen to μου μου of me; mine καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me ἱκανούσθω ικανοω make adequate; sufficient σοι σοι you μὴ μη not προσθῇς προστιθημι add; continue ἔτι ετι yet; still λαλῆσαι λαλεω talk; speak τὸν ο the λόγον λογος word; log τοῦτον ουτος this; he
3:26 וַ wa וְ and יִּתְעַבֵּ֨ר yyiṯʕabbˌēr עבר be angry יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בִּי֙ bˌî בְּ in לְמַ֣עַנְכֶ֔ם lᵊmˈaʕanᵊḵˈem לְמַעַן because of וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not שָׁמַ֖ע šāmˌaʕ שׁמע hear אֵלָ֑י ʔēlˈāy אֶל to וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַי֙ ʔēlˌay אֶל to רַב־ rav- רַב much לָ֔ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to אַל־ ʔal- אַל not תֹּ֗וסֶף tˈôsef יסף add דַּבֵּ֥ר dabbˌēr דבר speak אֵלַ֛י ʔēlˈay אֶל to עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the דָּבָ֥ר ddāvˌār דָּבָר word הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
3:26. iratusque est Dominus mihi propter vos nec exaudivit me sed dixit mihi sufficit tibi nequaquam ultra loquaris de hac re ad meAnd the Lord was angry with me on your account and heard me not, but said to me: It is enough: speak no more to me of this matter.
26. But the LORD was wroth with me for your sakes, and hearkened not unto me: and the LORD said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto me of this matter.
3:26. And the Lord became angry with me because of you, and he would not heed me. But he said to me: ‘It is enough for you. You shall no longer speak to me at all about this matter.
3:26. But the LORD was wroth with me for your sakes, and would not hear me: and the LORD said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto me of this matter.
But the LORD was wroth with me for your sakes, and would not hear me: and the LORD said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto me of this matter:

26: Но Господь гневался на меня за вас и не послушал меня, и сказал мне Господь: полно тебе, впредь не говори Мне более об этом;
3:26
καὶ και and; even
ὑπερεῖδεν υπεροραω overlook
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐμὲ εμε me
ἕνεκεν ενεκα for the sake of; on account of
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
εἰσήκουσέν εισακουω heed; listen to
μου μου of me; mine
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
ἱκανούσθω ικανοω make adequate; sufficient
σοι σοι you
μὴ μη not
προσθῇς προστιθημι add; continue
ἔτι ετι yet; still
λαλῆσαι λαλεω talk; speak
τὸν ο the
λόγον λογος word; log
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
3:26
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתְעַבֵּ֨ר yyiṯʕabbˌēr עבר be angry
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בִּי֙ bˌî בְּ in
לְמַ֣עַנְכֶ֔ם lᵊmˈaʕanᵊḵˈem לְמַעַן because of
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
שָׁמַ֖ע šāmˌaʕ שׁמע hear
אֵלָ֑י ʔēlˈāy אֶל to
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֨אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַי֙ ʔēlˌay אֶל to
רַב־ rav- רַב much
לָ֔ךְ lˈāḵ לְ to
אַל־ ʔal- אַל not
תֹּ֗וסֶף tˈôsef יסף add
דַּבֵּ֥ר dabbˌēr דבר speak
אֵלַ֛י ʔēlˈay אֶל to
עֹ֖וד ʕˌôḏ עֹוד duration
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
דָּבָ֥ר ddāvˌār דָּבָר word
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
3:26. iratusque est Dominus mihi propter vos nec exaudivit me sed dixit mihi sufficit tibi nequaquam ultra loquaris de hac re ad me
And the Lord was angry with me on your account and heard me not, but said to me: It is enough: speak no more to me of this matter.
3:26. And the Lord became angry with me because of you, and he would not heed me. But he said to me: ‘It is enough for you. You shall no longer speak to me at all about this matter.
3:26. But the LORD was wroth with me for your sakes, and would not hear me: and the LORD said unto me, Let it suffice thee; speak no more unto me of this matter.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26: Ср. Чис XX:1–13; Втор I:37.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:26: Let it suffice thee - רב לך rab lach, there is an abundance to thee - thou hast had honor enough already, and may well dispense with going over Jordan. He surely has no reason to complain who is taken from earthly felicity to heavenly glory. In this act God showed to Moses both his goodness and severity.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:26: The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes - Here, as in Deu 1:37; Deu 4:21; the sin of the people is stated to be the ground on which Moses' prayer is denied. In Deu 32:51; and in Num 27:14; the transgression of Moses and Aaron themselves is assigned as the cause of their punishment. The reason why one side of the transaction is put forward in this place, and the other elsewhere, is evident. Here Moses is addressing the people, and mentions the punishment of their leaders as a most impressive warning to them, whose principal fault it was. In Deut. 32 and Num. 27, God is addressing Moses, and visits on him, as is fitting, not the sin of the people hut his own.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:26: the Lord: Deu 1:37, Deu 31:2, Deu 32:51, Deu 32:52, Deu 34:4; Num 20:7-12, Num 27:12-14; Psa 106:32, Psa 106:33; Isa 53:5, Isa 53:6; Mat 26:39
Let it: Ch1 17:4, Ch1 17:12, Ch1 17:13, Ch1 22:7-9, Ch1 28:2-4; Mat 20:22; Co2 12:8
John Gill
3:26 But the Lord was wroth with me for your sakes,.... Not at this time, and for this prayer of his, but on account of he and Aaron not sanctifying him at the waters of Meribah; or of some expressions of unbelief, and unadvised words, which dropped from his lips through their provocation of him; see Num 20:12.
and would not hear me; now, and grant the above request, having before declared that he and Aaron should not bring the people of Israel into the land he had given them; and Moses with all his entreaties could not prevail upon him to repeal the sentence:
and the Lord said unto me, let it suffice; that he had seen the conquest of the two kings, and the delivery of their kingdoms into the hands of Israel; and that he had brought the people through the wilderness to the borders of the land of Canaan, and that he should have a distant sight of the land, as after directed:
speak no more unto me of this matter; intimating it would be in vain, and to no purpose, to solicit such a favour, since it would never be granted; it was a determined point, and he would never recede from it.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
3:26 speak no more unto me of this matter--that is, My decree is unalterable.
3:273:27: Ե՛լ ՚ի կատար կոփածոյիդ, եւ հայեցեալ աչօք քովք ընդ ծովակողմն, եւ ընդ հիւսւսի, եւ ընդ հարաւ, եւ ընդ արեւելս, տե՛ս աչօք քովք. քանզի ո՛չ անցանիցես ընդ այդ Յորդանան։
27 Բարձրացի՛ր Կոփուած[3] լերան գագաթը, աչքերովդ նայի՛ր ծովի, հիւսիսի, հարաւի ու արեւելքի ուղղութեամբ, աչքերովդ տե՛ս, որովհետեւ Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը չես անցնելու դու:[3] 3. Եբրայերէնում՝ Փասգայի:
27 Փասգայի գագաթը ելի՛ր ու դէպի արեւմուտք, հիւսիս, հարաւ ու արեւելք աչքերդ վերցո՛ւր ու քու աչքերովդ դիտէ. քանզի դուն այս Յորդանանէն պիտի չանցնիս’։
ել ի կատար [68]կոփածոյիդ, եւ հայեցեալ աչօք քովք ընդ ծովակողմն եւ ընդ հիւսիսի եւ ընդ հարաւ եւ ընդ արեւելս, տես աչօք քովք. քանզի ոչ անցանիցես ընդ այդ Յորդանան:

3:27: Ե՛լ ՚ի կատար կոփածոյիդ, եւ հայեցեալ աչօք քովք ընդ ծովակողմն, եւ ընդ հիւսւսի, եւ ընդ հարաւ, եւ ընդ արեւելս, տե՛ս աչօք քովք. քանզի ո՛չ անցանիցես ընդ այդ Յորդանան։
27 Բարձրացի՛ր Կոփուած[3] լերան գագաթը, աչքերովդ նայի՛ր ծովի, հիւսիսի, հարաւի ու արեւելքի ուղղութեամբ, աչքերովդ տե՛ս, որովհետեւ Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը չես անցնելու դու:
[3] 3. Եբրայերէնում՝ Փասգայի:
27 Փասգայի գագաթը ելի՛ր ու դէպի արեւմուտք, հիւսիս, հարաւ ու արեւելք աչքերդ վերցո՛ւր ու քու աչքերովդ դիտէ. քանզի դուն այս Յորդանանէն պիտի չանցնիս’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2727: взойди на вершину Фасги и взгляни глазами твоими к морю и к северу, и к югу и к востоку, и посмотри глазами твоими, потому что ты не перейдешь за Иордан сей;
3:27 ἀνάβηθι αναβαινω step up; ascend ἐπὶ επι in; on κορυφὴν κορυφη and; even ἀναβλέψας αναβλεπω look up; see again τοῖς ο the ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight κατὰ κατα down; by θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even βορρᾶν βορρας north wind καὶ και and; even λίβα λιψ southwest wind καὶ και and; even ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east καὶ και and; even ἰδὲ οραω view; see τοῖς ο the ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight σου σου of you; your ὅτι οτι since; that οὐ ου not διαβήσῃ διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis τοῦτον ουτος this; he
3:27 עֲלֵ֣ה׀ ʕᵃlˈē עלה ascend רֹ֣אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head הַ ha הַ the פִּסְגָּ֗ה ppisgˈā פִּסְגָּה Pisgah וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׂ֥א śˌā נשׂא lift עֵינֶ֛יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye יָ֧מָּה yˈommā יָם sea וְ wᵊ וְ and צָפֹ֛נָה ṣāfˈōnā צָפֹון north וְ wᵊ וְ and תֵימָ֥נָה ṯêmˌānā תֵּימָן south וּ û וְ and מִזְרָ֖חָה mizrˌāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise וּ û וְ and רְאֵ֣ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see בְ vᵊ בְּ in עֵינֶ֑יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye כִּי־ kî- כִּי that לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תַעֲבֹ֖ר ṯaʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֥ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
3:27. ascende cacumen Phasgae et oculos tuos circumfer ad occidentem et aquilonem austrumque et orientem et aspice nec enim transibis Iordanem istumGo up to the top of Phasga, and cast thy eyes round about to the west, and to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and behold it, for thou shalt not pass this Jordan.
27. Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over this Jordan.
3:27. Ascend to the summit of Pisgah, and look around with your eyes to the west, and to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and behold it. For you shall not cross this Jordan.
3:27. Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold [it] with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over this Jordan.
Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold [it] with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over this Jordan:

27: взойди на вершину Фасги и взгляни глазами твоими к морю и к северу, и к югу и к востоку, и посмотри глазами твоими, потому что ты не перейдешь за Иордан сей;
3:27
ἀνάβηθι αναβαινω step up; ascend
ἐπὶ επι in; on
κορυφὴν κορυφη and; even
ἀναβλέψας αναβλεπω look up; see again
τοῖς ο the
ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight
κατὰ κατα down; by
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
βορρᾶν βορρας north wind
καὶ και and; even
λίβα λιψ southwest wind
καὶ και and; even
ἀνατολὰς ανατολη springing up; east
καὶ και and; even
ἰδὲ οραω view; see
τοῖς ο the
ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight
σου σου of you; your
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐ ου not
διαβήσῃ διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
3:27
עֲלֵ֣ה׀ ʕᵃlˈē עלה ascend
רֹ֣אשׁ rˈōš רֹאשׁ head
הַ ha הַ the
פִּסְגָּ֗ה ppisgˈā פִּסְגָּה Pisgah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׂ֥א śˌā נשׂא lift
עֵינֶ֛יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
יָ֧מָּה yˈommā יָם sea
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צָפֹ֛נָה ṣāfˈōnā צָפֹון north
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תֵימָ֥נָה ṯêmˌānā תֵּימָן south
וּ û וְ and
מִזְרָ֖חָה mizrˌāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
וּ û וְ and
רְאֵ֣ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
עֵינֶ֑יךָ ʕênˈeʸḵā עַיִן eye
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תַעֲבֹ֖ר ṯaʕᵃvˌōr עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֥ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
3:27. ascende cacumen Phasgae et oculos tuos circumfer ad occidentem et aquilonem austrumque et orientem et aspice nec enim transibis Iordanem istum
Go up to the top of Phasga, and cast thy eyes round about to the west, and to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and behold it, for thou shalt not pass this Jordan.
3:27. Ascend to the summit of Pisgah, and look around with your eyes to the west, and to the north, and to the south, and to the east, and behold it. For you shall not cross this Jordan.
3:27. Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold [it] with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over this Jordan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27: Ср. Чис XXVII:12–14.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:27: thee up: Deu 34:1-4; Num 27:12
Pisgah: or, the hill, Deu 3:17
lift up: Gen 13:14, Gen 13:15
Geneva 1599
3:27 Get thee up into the top of Pisgah, and (l) lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold [it] with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over this Jordan.
(l) As before he saw by the spirits of prophecy the good mountain which was Zion: so here his eyes were lifted up above the order of nature to behold all the plentiful land of Canaan.
John Gill
3:27 Get thee up into the top of Pisgah,.... Which was the highest eminence of Mount Nebo, and so a very proper place to take a prospect from; see Deut 32:49.
and lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward; to all the four points of the heaven, and to all the four quarters and borders of the land of Canaan:
and behold it with thine eyes; even the land of Canaan, and particularly Lebanon, though it lay to the north of it, that mountain he had such a desire to see. Moses, though old, his natural sight was very strong, and not in the least dim; and it is not improbable that it might be more than ordinarily increased and assisted at this time:
for thou shall not go over this Jordan; into the land of Canaan; this affair, of not being suffered to enter there, Moses frequently takes notice of, no less than four or five times, it being what lay near his heart.
3:283:28: Եւ պատուիրեա՛ Յեսուայ եւ զօրացուսցե՛ս զնա, եւ մխիթարեսցե՛ս զնա. զի նա՛ անցցէ առաջի ժողովրդեան իմոյ այդորիկ. եւ նա՛ ժառանգեցուսցէ դոցա զերկիրն զոր տեսեր։
28 Քո պատուէրները տո՛ւր Յեսուին, զօրացրո՛ւ, քաջալերի՛ր նրան, որովհետեւ նա է անցնելու իմ այդ ժողովրդի գլուխը, եւ նա է քո տեսած երկիրն իբրեւ սեփականութիւն յանձնելու նրանց”:
28 Ու Յեսուին պատուէր տալով զանիկա զօրացուր ու անոր սիրտ տուր. քանզի անիկա պիտի առաջնորդէ ժողովուրդը դէպի այն երկիրը, որ դուն դիտեցիր։
Եւ պատուիրեա Յեսուայ եւ զօրացուսցես զնա, եւ մխիթարեսցես զնա. զի նա անցցէ առաջի ժողովրդեանդ [69]իմոյ այդորիկ, եւ նա ժառանգեցուսցէ դոցա զերկիրն զոր տեսեր:

3:28: Եւ պատուիրեա՛ Յեսուայ եւ զօրացուսցե՛ս զնա, եւ մխիթարեսցե՛ս զնա. զի նա՛ անցցէ առաջի ժողովրդեան իմոյ այդորիկ. եւ նա՛ ժառանգեցուսցէ դոցա զերկիրն զոր տեսեր։
28 Քո պատուէրները տո՛ւր Յեսուին, զօրացրո՛ւ, քաջալերի՛ր նրան, որովհետեւ նա է անցնելու իմ այդ ժողովրդի գլուխը, եւ նա է քո տեսած երկիրն իբրեւ սեփականութիւն յանձնելու նրանց”:
28 Ու Յեսուին պատուէր տալով զանիկա զօրացուր ու անոր սիրտ տուր. քանզի անիկա պիտի առաջնորդէ ժողովուրդը դէպի այն երկիրը, որ դուն դիտեցիր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2828: и дай наставление Иисусу, и укрепи его, и утверди его; ибо он будет предшествовать народу сему и он разделит им на уделы землю, на которую ты посмотришь.
3:28 καὶ και and; even ἔντειλαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin Ἰησοῖ ιησους Iēsous; Iisus καὶ και and; even κατίσχυσον κατισχυω force down; prevail αὐτὸν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even παρακάλεσον παρακαλεω counsel; appeal to αὐτόν αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that οὗτος ουτος this; he διαβήσεται διαβαινω step through; go across πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of τοῦ ο the λαοῦ λαος populace; population τούτου ουτος this; he καὶ και and; even αὐτὸς αυτος he; him κατακληρονομήσει κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ἑώρακας οραω view; see
3:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and צַ֥ו ṣˌaw צוה command אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yᵊhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua וְ wᵊ וְ and חַזְּקֵ֣הוּ ḥazzᵊqˈēhû חזק be strong וְ wᵊ וְ and אַמְּצֵ֑הוּ ʔammᵊṣˈēhû אמץ be strong כִּי־ kî- כִּי that ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he יַעֲבֹ֗ר yaʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass לִ li לְ to פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face הָ hā הַ the עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people הַ ha הַ the זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this וְ wᵊ וְ and הוּא֙ hû הוּא he יַנְחִ֣יל yanḥˈîl נחל take possession אֹותָ֔ם ʔôṯˈām אֵת [object marker] אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּרְאֶֽה׃ tirʔˈeh ראה see
3:28. praecipe Iosue et corrobora eum atque conforta quia ipse praecedet populum istum et dividet eis terram quam visurus esCommand Josue, and encourage and strengthen him: for he shall go before this people, and shall divide unto them the land which thou shalt see.
28. But charge Joshua, and encourage him, and strengthen him: for he shall go over before this people, and he shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see.
3:28. Instruct Joshua, and encourage and strengthen him. For he shall go before this people, and he shall distribute to them the land that you will see.’
3:28. But charge Joshua, and encourage him, and strengthen him: for he shall go over before this people, and he shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see.
But charge Joshua, and encourage him, and strengthen him: for he shall go over before this people, and he shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see:

28: и дай наставление Иисусу, и укрепи его, и утверди его; ибо он будет предшествовать народу сему и он разделит им на уделы землю, на которую ты посмотришь.
3:28
καὶ και and; even
ἔντειλαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
Ἰησοῖ ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
καὶ και and; even
κατίσχυσον κατισχυω force down; prevail
αὐτὸν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
παρακάλεσον παρακαλεω counsel; appeal to
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὗτος ουτος this; he
διαβήσεται διαβαινω step through; go across
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
τοῦ ο the
λαοῦ λαος populace; population
τούτου ουτος this; he
καὶ και and; even
αὐτὸς αυτος he; him
κατακληρονομήσει κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ἑώρακας οραω view; see
3:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צַ֥ו ṣˌaw צוה command
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yᵊhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חַזְּקֵ֣הוּ ḥazzᵊqˈēhû חזק be strong
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַמְּצֵ֑הוּ ʔammᵊṣˈēhû אמץ be strong
כִּי־ kî- כִּי that
ה֣וּא hˈû הוּא he
יַעֲבֹ֗ר yaʕᵃvˈōr עבר pass
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵי֙ fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
הָ הַ the
עָ֣ם ʕˈām עַם people
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּ֔ה zzˈeh זֶה this
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הוּא֙ הוּא he
יַנְחִ֣יל yanḥˈîl נחל take possession
אֹותָ֔ם ʔôṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּרְאֶֽה׃ tirʔˈeh ראה see
3:28. praecipe Iosue et corrobora eum atque conforta quia ipse praecedet populum istum et dividet eis terram quam visurus es
Command Josue, and encourage and strengthen him: for he shall go before this people, and shall divide unto them the land which thou shalt see.
3:28. Instruct Joshua, and encourage and strengthen him. For he shall go before this people, and he shall distribute to them the land that you will see.’
3:28. But charge Joshua, and encourage him, and strengthen him: for he shall go over before this people, and he shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
28: Ср. Чис XXVII:15–23.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:28: But charge Joshua, etc. - Give him authority in the sight of the people, let them see that he has the same commission which I gave to thee. Encourage him; for he will meet with many difficulties in the work to which he is called. And strengthen him - show him my unfailing promises, and exhort him to put his trust in me alone; for he shall go over before this people, and shall cause them to inherit the land; of this let him rest perfectly assured.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:28: charge Joshua: Deu 1:38, Deu 31:3, Deu 31:7, Deu 31:23; Num 27:18-23; Ch1 22:6, Ch1 22:11-16, Ch1 28:9, Ch1 28:10, Ch1 28:20; Ti1 6:13; Ti1 6:14; Ti2 2:1-3, Ti2 4:1-6
for he shall: Jos 1:2, Jos 3:7-17; Joh 1:17; Act 7:45; Heb 4:8, Jesus
John Gill
3:28 But charge Joshua, and encourage him, and strengthen him,.... Charge him to take the care of the children of Israel, to introduce them into the good land, and put them into the possession of it; encourage him against all fear of his and their enemies, and strengthen him with promises of the presence of God, and of his gracious help and assistance:
for he shall go over before this people; over the river Jordan, at the head of them, as their leader and commander; a type of Christ, the leader and commander of his people, who as their King goes forth at the head of them, and will introduce them all into his Father's kingdom and glory:
and he shall cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see; and no more; not enter into, but Joshua should; and having conquered it, should divide it by lot for an inheritance to them, and their children after them; a type of Christ, in whom and by whom the saints obtain an inheritance by lot, Eph 1:11.
John Wesley
3:28 He shall go over - It was not Moses, but Joshua or Jesus that was to give the people rest, Heb 4:8. 'Tis a comfort to those who love mankind, when they are dying and going off, to see God's work likely to be carried on by other hands, when they are silent in the dust.
3:293:29: Եւ նստա՛ք ՚ի հովիտսն մերձ ՚ի տունն Փոգովրայ[1676]։[1676] Ոմանք. Եւ նստայք ՚ի հովիտսն։
29 Այն ժամանակ մենք հաստատուեցինք հովտում, Փոգորի տան մօտ»:
29 Ուստի մենք հովիտին մէջ Բեթփեգովրի դիմաց նստեցանք»։
Եւ նստաք ի հովիտսն [70]մերձ ի տունն Փոգովրայ:

3:29: Եւ նստա՛ք ՚ի հովիտսն մերձ ՚ի տունն Փոգովրայ[1676]։
[1676] Ոմանք. Եւ նստայք ՚ի հովիտսն։
29 Այն ժամանակ մենք հաստատուեցինք հովտում, Փոգորի տան մօտ»:
29 Ուստի մենք հովիտին մէջ Բեթփեգովրի դիմաց նստեցանք»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
3:2929: И остановились мы на долине, напротив Беф-Фегора.
3:29 καὶ και and; even ἐνεκαθήμεθα εγκαθημαι in νάπῃ ναπη home; household Φογωρ φογωρ Phogōr; Fogor
3:29 וַ wa וְ and נֵּ֣שֶׁב nnˈēšev ישׁב sit בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גָּ֔יְא ggˈāyᵊ גַּיְא valley מ֖וּל mˌûl מוּל front בֵּ֥ית פְּעֹֽור׃ פ bˌêṯ pᵊʕˈôr . f בֵּית פְּעֹור Beth Peor
3:29. mansimusque in valle contra fanum PhogorAnd we abode in the valley over against the temple of Phogor.
29. So we abode in the valley over against Beth-peor.
3:29. And we remained in the valley, opposite the shrine of Peor.”
3:29. So we abode in the valley over against Bethpeor.
So we abode in the valley over against Beth- peor:

29: И остановились мы на долине, напротив Беф-Фегора.
3:29
καὶ και and; even
ἐνεκαθήμεθα εγκαθημαι in
νάπῃ ναπη home; household
Φογωρ φογωρ Phogōr; Fogor
3:29
וַ wa וְ and
נֵּ֣שֶׁב nnˈēšev ישׁב sit
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גָּ֔יְא ggˈāyᵊ גַּיְא valley
מ֖וּל mˌûl מוּל front
בֵּ֥ית פְּעֹֽור׃ פ bˌêṯ pᵊʕˈôr . f בֵּית פְּעֹור Beth Peor
3:29. mansimusque in valle contra fanum Phogor
And we abode in the valley over against the temple of Phogor.
3:29. And we remained in the valley, opposite the shrine of Peor.”
3:29. So we abode in the valley over against Bethpeor.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29: Имеется в виду сосредоточение Израиля на моавитских равнинах после завоевания царств Сигона аморрейского и Ога васанского.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
3:29: Beth-peor - This was a city in the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites; and as בית beth signifies a house, the place probably had its name from a temple of the god Peor, who was worshipped there. Peor was nearly the same among the Moabites that Priapus was among the Romans - the obscene god of an obscene people. This we have already seen.
It is very likely that what God speaks here, both concerning Moses and Joshua, was designed to be typical of the procedure of his justice and grace in the salvation of man.
1. The land of Canaan was a type of the kingdom of heaven.
2. The law, which shows the holiness of God and the exceeding sinfulness of sin, could not bring the people to the possession of that kingdom.
3. Moses may probably be considered here as the emblem of that law by which is the knowledge of sin, but not redemption from it
4. Joshua, the same as Jesus, the name signifying a Savior, is appointed to bring the people into the rest which God had provided for them; thus it is by Jesus Christ alone that the soul is saved - fitted for and brought into the possession of the heavenly inheritance, (see Joh 1:17; Gal 2:16; Gal 3:12, Gal 3:13, Gal 3:24); for he is the end of the law - the great scope and design of the law, for righteousness - for justification, to them that believe; Rom 10:4. Such a use as this every pious reader may make of the circumstances recorded here, without the danger of pushing analogy or metaphor beyond their reasonable limits.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
3:29: Beth-peor, i. e., the house of Peor, no doubt derived its name from a temple of the Moabite god Peor which was there situated. It was no doubt near to Mount Peor Num 23:28, and also to the valley of the Jordan perhaps in the Wady Heshban.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
3:29: Deu 4:3, Deu 4:46, Deu 34:6; Num 25:3, Num 33:48, Num 33:49
John Gill
3:29 So we abode in the valley over against Bethpeor. In the plains of Moab, over against a temple built for Baalpeor upon a mountain, so called from that idol, or that idol from the mountain; this is the valley where Moses was buried, Deut 34:6.